Manual Cisco Systems MGX 8800

636 pages 10.56 mb
Download

Go to site of 636

Summary
  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 1

    Corporate He adquarters Cisc o Syst ems , Inc . 170 West Ta sman Drive San Jos e, CA 95 134-1706 USA http://www.ci sco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553- NETS (638 7) Fax: 408 526-4100 Cisco MGX 880 0/890 0 S eries Hardwa re Installation Gui de R ele ases 2.0 - 5.2 May 2 0 06 Text Pa rt Nu mber: OL-4545- 01 R ev. H0 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 2

    THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING TH E PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJE CT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NO TICE. ALL STATEMENT S, INFORMATI ON, AND RECOMMENDA TIONS IN T HIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BU T ARE PRESEN TED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRE SS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TA KE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR AP PLICATION OF ANY PR ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 3

    iii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 CONTENTS About Th is Guide xxxi ii Audienc e xxxii i Pur pose xxxi ii Organi zation xx xiii Conv enti ons x xxiv Notes, Warning s, and Cautio ns xxxv Notes abo ut Warning s xx xv Scop e of th is Gu ide xxxv New Hardwa re Intr o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 4

    Cont ent s iv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Mult iple Terms 1-5 Narro w Ba nd an d Ce ll Bu s Serv ice Module s 1-6 Overv iew of Card Slot As sign ment s, by Ch ass is 1-7 MPSM Slot A ssignment s and MPSM Licen sing 1-1 5 Cisco MGX 885 0 and MGX 8850/B Swi tche ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 5

    Cont ents v Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 MGX 8830 Cards Suppor ted 1-50 MGX 8830 Syst em Hardware Comp onents 1-50 AC Power Supp ly Tray 1-51 APS Assembl y 1-52 DC Pow er Entr y Modu le (PE M) 1-54 Fan Tray 1-55 MGX 8830/B Red undanc y Connecto r 1-57 Cisco MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 6

    Cont ent s vi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 AXSM 2-13 Facepl ate Fea tures 2-16 Modu le Co nfig ura tions 2-21 CESM 2-23 Facepl ate Fea tures 2-25 Modu le Co nfig ura tions 2-26 FRSM 2-27 Facepl ate Fea tures 2-29 Modu le Co nfig ura tions 2-33 FRSM-12- T3E3 2- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 7

    Cont ents vii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Back Ca rds 2-80 Card S lots 2-83 Facepl ate Fea tures 2-84 Modu le Co nfig ura tions 2-87 VXSM OC -3/STM- 1 Inte rface 2-88 VXSM T 1/E1 I nterfac e 2-88 VXSM T 3 Inte rface 2-89 XM60 2-89 Facepl ate Fea tures 2-91 Ba ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 8

    Cont ent s viii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 RJ45-FE 2-128 RJ48-8E 1 and R-RJ 48-8E1 2-129 RJ48-8T 1 and R-RJ 48-8T1 2-130 SCSI2-2 HSSI/B 2-131 SFP-2- 155 2-132 SFP-8- 155 2-134 SMB-2-15 5-EL 2-136 SMB-4-15 5 2-137 SMB-6-T3 E3 2-138 SMB-8E1 and R-SMB-8E1 2-139 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 9

    Cont ents ix Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Card Inst alla tion and R epl ace ment Sug gesti ons 3-8 Hot Swappi ng Cards and Modules 3-8 Card In stal lation Guid elines 3-8 How Cisc o MG X Sy stem s a re Ship ped 3-10 Site Req uirement s for the MGX 885 0 or MGX ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 10

    Cont ent s x Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 AC Power 3-48 DC Power 3-48 Power Cons umption Cal culati on Tab les 3-49 Requir ed Tools an d Equip ment 3-53 Site Req uirement s for the MGX 888 0 Media Gat eway 3-55 Enviro nmenta l Requir ements 3-56 Seis mic Anch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 11

    Cont ents xi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Intra card APS Configur atio ns 4-15 Inter card APS Configur atio ns 4-17 Planni ng for Bul k Distr ibuti on 4-20 Planni ng for Adva nced Sof tware Featur es 4-21 Inver se Mult iplexi ng o ver A TM (IMA ) Con figu rati ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 12

    Cont ent s xii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Instal latio n Procedur es 5-52 Insta ll St ability Pla te f or Se ismic An chorin g 5-5 2 Ground th e Frame Bo nding Grou nd Connect ion for a Ci sco-S upplied Rack 5-55 Measure Ra ck Space 5-57 Prepar e for Rac k I ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 13

    Cont ents xiii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Connect the Exter nal Clo ck 5-130 Connect the Al arms 5-130 Conn ect th e MP Con nec tion 5-131 Conn ect th e LAN1 /2 Ports 5-132 Verif y EMI Complia nce 5-132 Instal ling th e Ferr ite Bead on the PXM-UI -S3/B Card ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 14

    Cont ent s xiv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Replac ing Pro cessor Car ds 6-21 Instal ling or Rem oving Re dun dancy Co nne ctor s 6-22 When to Instal l or Remo ve RCON s 6-22 Instal ling MGX 885 0/B Redunda ncy Connec tors 6-22 Instal ling MGX 883 0/B Redunda ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 15

    Cont ents xv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Alarm Conn ector Pi n Assignment s B-10 Conn ecto r Pi n Func tio ns for Audi o and Visua l Alar ms B-10 Pin St ates fo r Each Alar m Stat e B-11 Powe r Cablin g B-11 AC Power Cabl ing—MGX 8850 (P XM1E/PXM45) , MGX 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 16

    Cont ent s xvi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Bond ing a nd G roun ding MGX 880 0 or M GX 8900 Se ries C has sis in a R ack C-9 Wiring a Mixed Ground Sy stem with Red undant Sup plies C-9 Conduct or Char acteri stics fo r Carryi ng Curr ent and Ensu ring Low Vol ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 17

    FIG U R ES xvii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 1-1 Cisco MGX Swit ch Family 1-1 Figu re 1-2 MGX 8880 Media Gateway 1-2 Figu re 1-3 Bay and Li ne Numbers in an MGX 8850 Swit ch 1-6 Figu re 1-4 RCON Instal led in M GX 885 0/B Chas sis (Ch assi s Rea r View ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 18

    Figures xviii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 1-32 MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Slot Assignmen ts—Front Vi ew 1-49 Figu re 1-33 MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Slot Assignmen ts—Rear View 1-49 Figu re 1-34 Hardwa re Compo nent Locati ons for a MGX 8830 o r MGX 883 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 19

    Figures xix Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-14 FRSM-12- T3E3 Fac eplate 2-35 Figu re 2-15 Card S et Re dundan cy Conf igurat ion—F RSM-12-T3E 3 Car ds 2-37 Figu re 2-16 MPSM-8- T1E1 Facep late 2-38 Figu re 2-17 MPSM-T3 E3-155 Fac eplate 2-41 Figu re 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 20

    Figures xx Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-49 MCC-16-E 1-1N Fac eplate 2 -105 Figu re 2-50 MGX-1GE F aceplat e 2-107 Figu re 2-51 MGX-2GE F aceplat e 2-108 Figu re 2-52 MGX-1OC12P OS-IR Facep late 2-10 9 Figu re 2-53 MGX-2OC12P OS-IR Facep late 2-11 0 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 21

    Figures xxi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 2-84 SMFIR-4- 155/C F aceplat e 2-145 Figu re 2-85 SMFIR-8- 155-LC and SMFIR-8-1 55-LC/B Fa ceplate 2-146 Figu re 2-86 SMFLR-1- 2488 and SMF LR-1-24 88/B Facepl ate 2-1 47 Figu re 2-87 SMFLR-1- 622/C Face plate ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 22

    Figures xxi i Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 4-7 Standal one PXM1E wit h Intrac ard APS 4-15 Figu re 4-8 Standal one AXSM with I ntracar d APS 4-16 Figu re 4-9 Standal one VXSM with I ntracard APS 4-16 Figu re 4-10 Redu ndan t P XM1E Conf igur atio n wi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 23

    Figures xxiii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 5-30 Modem Connec tion to the Mainte nance Port 5-47 Figu re 5-31 Ether net C onne cti on to the LA N 1 Port 5-48 Figu re 5-32 Stabi lity Pl ate D ime nsion s 5-53 Figu re 5-33 Instal ling a C isco Cabi net ov ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 24

    Figures xxiv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 5-65 MGX 8830 Stab ility Pl ate Dimens ions 5-102 Figu re 5-66 Instal ling a C isco Cabi net ove r th e St abilit y Pl ate 5-103 Figu re 5-67 Frame Bond ing Con nection in Cisco- Supplie d Rack 5-105 Figu re 5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 25

    Figures xxv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Figu re 6-11 Two Back Cards Inst alled in th e APS Conne ctor (MGX 883 0 Exampl e) 6-19 Figu re 6-12 Removing the F iller Bar ( MGX 883 0) 6-20 Figu re 6-13 MGX 8850/B RCON I nstallat ion 6-23 Figu re 6-14 MGX 8830/B Wi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 26

    Figures xxvi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 27

    TABLES xxvii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 1 Convent ions Used in this Guide xxxiv Ta b l e 2 Hardwa re Intr oduced in Re lease s 4.0.10 o r 5.3, by Cha ssis xxxvi Ta b l e 3 User Guid es and Relea se Note s for Cisco MGX and BPX Switche s and Medi a G ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 28

    Tables xxvii i Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 2 - 1 4 FRSM C ards, Interf aces, and Su pporte d Back Card s 2-27 Ta b l e 2 - 1 5 FRSM LEDs 2-33 Ta b l e 2 - 1 6 FRSM -12-T 3E3 , In terfac es, and Supp orte d B ack C ard s 2-34 Ta b l e 2 - 1 7 FRSM-12 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 29

    Tables xxix Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 3 - 2 Vibrat ion Condi tion Reco mmendatio ns 3-12 Ta b l e 3 - 3 MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B Rack Space Requ irement s 3-14 Ta b l e 3 - 4 CO a nd PE Op eratin g Env ironm ent Requ irements 3-15 Ta b l e 3 - 5 Powe ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 30

    Tables xxx Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e 5 - 2 Term inal Setti ngs 5-43 Ta b l e 5 - 3 Instal lati on Ch eck list— MGX 8 950 S ystem 5-50 Ta b l e 5 - 4 AC Power Cabl e Conne ctions 5-81 Ta b l e 5 - 5 Interc onn ect Pow er Con nec tions fo r DC 5-8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 31

    Tables xxxi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Ta b l e B - 2 0 T1 Tr unk/ Circ uit Line Ca ble and C onn ect or S pecifi cati ons B-17 Ta b l e B - 2 1 RJ-48C T1 and E1 Conn ector Pi n Assignment s B-18 Ta b l e B - 2 2 E1 Tr unk/ Circ uit Line Ca ble and C onn ect ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 32

    Tables xxxii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 33

    xxxii i Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 About This Guide This secti on desrib es the audie nce, pur pose, and organiza tion of the Cisco MGX 8800 /8900 S eries H a rd wa re I n s t a l la t i o n G u i d e . I t also exp lains the con ventio ns used to present in ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 34

    xxxiv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Conv entions • Chapter 6, “Mainta ining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gate wa y ,” provides mainte nance pr oced ures for each sw itch or ga teway . • Appendix A, “ Front Ca rd Sp ecificatio ns,” provides technical spec ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 35

    xxxv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Scope of this Guide Notes, Warnings , and Cautions This sect ion explain s the co n ventio ns u sed f or not es, warni ngs, and caut ions. Note A Note highlights helpful in formation, suc h as suggestions or refer ences to ma ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 36

    xxxvi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Sco pe of this Guide • Cisco MGX 8950 H ar dware Instal lation Gui de, Releas e 2.1 • Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM 45 and PXM1E) Hardwar e Instal lation Guide, Releas e 3 • Cisco MGX 8950 H ar dware Instal lation Gui de, Releas ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 37

    xxxvi i Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion New Back Cards Introduced in Rel eases 4.0.10 through 5.3 The fo llowing ba ck ca rds w ere in troduc ed in MGX Releas es 4.0. 10 t hrough 5.1: • BNC- 3-T3E3 3-port T3E3 • MCC-16-E 1-1N • MGX-2GE • M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 38

    xxxvii i Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Other com ponents of multiser vice W AN products, such as the Ser vice Expansion Shelf (SES ) and W AN switchin g software ha ve no n e w features for this release. Related Do cumentation This sec tion descr ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 39

    xxxix Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Step 8 Additi onal gu ides, su ch a s com mand re ferenc e guid es an d error message docum entat ion, c an help with the dai ly ope ration and m aintena nce of your switch . Note User guide titles may be dif ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 40

    xl Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation T able 3 User G uides and Re lease No tes f or Cisco MGX and BPX Switc hes and Media G atew ays Docume nt T itle a nd Part Number BPX with SES Rel. 4 MGX 8230 Rel. 1.3 MGX 8250 Rel. 1.3 MGX 8850 (PXM1 ) Rel. 1 .3 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 41

    xli Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Release Notes for Cisco MGX Rout e Pr ocessor Module ( RPM-X F) IOS Release 12.4(6)T1 for PXM45- based Switches, Release 5.3. 00 OL-8 893-01 ————x —x x x Release Notes for Cisco MGX Rout e Pr ocessor M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 42

    xlii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco W AN Manager Instal lation Guid e, Releas e 15. 3.00 OL-10358 -01 xxxxxxxxx Cisc o W AN Ma nag er Us er’ s Guid e, Release 15. 3.00 OL-10427 -01 xxxxxxxxx Cisco MGX 88 50 Edge Conce ntrator Installation ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 43

    xliii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco F rame Re lay Service s (FRSM/MPSM-8 -T1E1) Configuration Guide and Comm and Refer ence for MGX Switches, Release 5.2 2 OL-6 480-01 — 222 x xx — — Cisco Circuit Emulat ion Se rvices (CESM/MPSM-8-T1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 44

    xliv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco MGX 82 30 Multiservice Gateway C omm and Ref erence, Release 1.1.3 1 DOC- 7811211= —x ——————— Cisco MGX 82 50 Multiservice Gateway C omm and Ref erence, Release 1.1.3 1 DOC- 7811212= —— ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 45

    xlv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Note For the September 2005 produ ct releas e, there are no new features for the Servi ce Expa nsion Shel f (SES) of the BPX switch and BPX W AN sw itchin g soft ware. Theref ore, docume ntatio n for these items ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 46

    xlvi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation T able 5 User Guides a nd Release No tes f or Cisco Multiservice S witch Pr oducts Document T itle Description Cisco ATM and F rame Re lay Servic es (MPSM-T3E 3-155 and MPSM-16- T1E1) Configuration Guide and Co ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 47

    xlvii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco MGX 82 50 Ed ge Conc entrator Ov erview , Release 1.1 .3 DOC- 7811576= Describes the system compo nents and fu nction o f the Cisco MGX 82 50 edge concentra tor . Cisco MGX 8250 Mu ltiserv ice Gateway C ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 48

    xlvi ii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Document ation Cisco MGX 88 50 Edge Conc entrator Instal lation and Configuration, R elease 1 .1.3 DOC- 7811223= Pro vides insta llation in structions f or the Cisco MG X 8850 (PXM1) edge concentr ator . Cisco MGX 8850 Mult ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 49

    xlix Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documentat ion Cisco V oice Swi tch Services (V XSM) Configuration and Command Refer ence Guide for MGX Switches, Release 5 OL-4 625-01 Describes t he featu res an d funct ions of the new V oice Sw itch Service M odul e (VX S ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 50

    l Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtain ing Do cument ation Obtaining Documentation Cisco d ocumenta tion and a ddition al lite rature are av ailable on Cisc o.co m. Cisco also provides s ev eral ways to obtain tec hnical assi stance an d other tec hnical re sou ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 51

    li Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Documen tation Fee dback Ordering Docume ntation Registered Cisco .com users may orde r Cisco docu mentat ion at the Prod uct Docume ntatio n Store in the Cisco Market place at this URL: http://www .cisco .com/go/mark etplace / ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 52

    lii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtain ing Techni cal Ass istance Reporting Se curity Problems in Cisco P roducts Cisco is committ ed to deli vering secure products. W e test our products int ernally before we r elease them, and we striv e to correct all vuln ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 53

    liii Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Technica l A ssistan ce Access to al l tools on the Cisco T echnical Support & Documen tation websit e requires a Cisco. com user ID and password. If you have a valid servic e contra ct but do n ot h av e a use ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 54

    liv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Addi tional Pub lications and Informat ion Se verity 3 (S3)— Opera tional perf orman ce of the network is impaired, w hile most business operations remain f unctiona l. Y o u and Ci sco wi ll commi t res ources du ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 55

    lv Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtaining Additional Publications and Information • Networking products offered by Cisco System s, as well as c ustomer support serv ices, can be obtaine d at th is URL : http://www .cisco.com/en /US/products/inde x.html • ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 56

    lvi Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Obtainin g Addi tional Pub lications and Informat ion ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 57

    C HA PTER 1-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 1 Product Overviews Figure 1-1 and Figur e 1-2 show the Cisco MGX family switches and the Cisc o MGX media gatew ay , respect ively : • Cisco MG X 8850 or Cisc o MGX 8850/ B switch • Cisco MGX 8950 switch • Cisc ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 58

    1-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews • Circuit emulation • IP • W irele ss ag gregation • DSL ag gregation • A TM serv ice bac kbones The Cisco MG X 8950 A TM multiservice swit ch scales serv ice prov ider netw orks b y pro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 59

    1-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Changes t o this Doc ument Changes to this Document Ta b l e 1 - 1 summar izes the chan ges made to th is document since Releas e 5. How this Chapter Is Organize d Thi s chapte r pro vides an o verv ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 60

    1-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews How this Chapter Is O rganized Overview o f Terms Each ac ronym in t his bo ok is defined o n its first use and in t he Glossa ry a t the e nd of t he gu ide. T ypes of car ds are also defined in ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 61

    1-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews How this Chapter Is Organized Note Th e inform ation i n this guid e does not ap ply to the Ci sco MGX 885 0 (PXM1), which use s the PXM1 contr oller card and Rele ase 1.X sof twar e. For documen ta ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 62

    1-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews How this Chapter Is O rganized Figur e 1 -3 Bay and Line Numbe rs in an MGX 8850 S witch Narrow Band and Cell Bus Se rvice Modules A cell bus service module (CBSM) is an MGX service mod ule tha t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 63

    1-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Overview of Card Slot Assig nments, by Ch assis 8820, becaus e ther e were s e veral typ es of t hese cards (for e xample A USM, FRSM, C ESM, an d so forth ). The seri al bus service modu les (AXS M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 64

    1-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Overvi ew of Card Sl ot Assignm ents, by Chassis AXSM -1-2488 7 1 port OC-48/STM -64 Note No traf fi c shaping support ed. SMFSR-1-2488 SMFLR-1- 2488 SMFXLR-1-2488 Uppe r — 1–6, 9–14 13 —? ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 65

    1-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Overview of Card Slot Assig nments, by Ch assis AXSM-16-1 55 7 16-port O C-3 MM F-8-155 -MT MMF-8- 155-M T/B SMFIR-8- 155-LC SMFIR-8- 155-LC/B SMFLR-8- 155-LC SMFLR-8- 155-LC/ B Upper and low er — ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 66

    1-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Overvi ew of Card Sl ot Assignm ents, by Chassis CESM-8T1/ B 8 port Circu it Emulat ion Service Module w ith T1 interfa ces RJ48-8 T1 R-RJ48-8T 1 Upper and low er 3-6, 10-13 4 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 67

    1-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Overview of Card Slot Assig nments, by Ch assis MPSM -8-T1 E1 8 A T M serv ice ports with E1 interfa ces RJ48-8 E1 MGX-RJ 48-8E1 3 R-RJ48-8E 1 SMB-8E1 R-SMB-8E1 Upper and low er 3-6, 10-13 1-6, 9-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 68

    1-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Overvi ew of Card Sl ot Assignm ents, by Chassis MPSM-T 3E3-155 2 port service module f or A TM and Fram e Relay service s over OC-3 interfa ces. SFP-2-155 Upper and low er 3-6, 10- 13 1-6, 9-1 4 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 69

    1-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Overview of Card Slot Assig nments, by Ch assis PXM1E-CO MBO 7 Proc essor Switch Modul e 4-port OC-3, 8-po rt T3/E3 PXM-UI-S3 /B Upp er 1 and 2 7 and 8 — — MGX- T3E3 -15 5 Tra ns c eiv e r s : ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 70

    1-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Overvi ew of Card Sl ot Assignm ents, by Chassis SRM-3T 3/C 3 port Servic e Redunda ncy Module w ith T3 interfa ces BNC-3T3-M Upper and low er 7 and 14 4 15,16, 31 , 32 —— SRME 1 port Servic ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 71

    1-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MPSM Slot A ssignme nts and MP SM Lice nsing Consult your Cisco Customer Engin eering repre sentat iv e fo r infor mation about chara cter izing t he quantity ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 72

    1-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es Figu re 1 -4 RCON Instal led i n MGX 88 50/B C hassi s (Cha ssis Rear View) Note Th e inform ation i n this guid e does not ap ply to the Ci sco MGX 88 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 73

    1-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Features Ta b l e 1 - 4 lists su pport ed fea tures for the Cisco MG X 8850 and M GX 88 50/B sw itches. The MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B switch: • Can use eit her ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 74

    1-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es • Frame Rela y service mod ule (FR SM)—s ingle-he ight front card • Servic e resourc e module (SR M)—singl e-height front ca rd • Route pro c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 75

    1-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MGX 8 850 and MGX 8850/ B Card Co mpartmen t The MG X 8850 and MGX 885 0/B sw itches each have 32 single- height slo ts i n a comp artmen t card cage that hol ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 76

    1-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es MGX 8850 (PXM1E) and MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 giv es module slot assignme nts for the MGX 8850 ( PXM1E) or MGX 88 50/B (PXM 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 77

    1-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-6 sh ows each mo dule sl ot as signm ent (r ear vi e w) of the MGX 8850 (PXM1E ) or MGX 885 0/B (PX M1E) swi tch. Figu re 1 -6 MGX 885 0 (PX M1E) or ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 78

    1-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es MGX 8850 (PXM45) and MGX 8850/B (PXM45) Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 lists the mod ule slot a ssignme nts for the MG X 8850 (PXM 45) or M GX 88 50/B ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 79

    1-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-8 sh ows module slot assi gnment s (rear view) for the Cisco MGX 8850 (P XM45) or MG X 8850/B (PXM4 5) switch. Figur e 1 -8 Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM45) S ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 80

    1-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es Figure 1-9 sh ows the har dware com ponen ts tha t can b e use d with a Cisc o MGX 8850 switch (viewed from the front of the switch). Thi s illustratio ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 81

    1-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches AC Power Supply Tray The Ci sco MG X 8850 switch can a ccept power from a 220 V AC (180 to 25 4 V A C) source that co nnects to an opt ional A C power supp ly ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 82

    1-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es Figure 1-11 shows a clos e-up of the A C power supply fac eplate . Figur e 1 -1 1 A C Po wer Supply F aceplat e The A C power supply re quirement s for ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 83

    1-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Note For A C power cord re quir ement s, see th e “Req uired T ools and E quip ment” se ction on p age 3-2 5 . Air Intake Plenum The air intak e plenum is ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 84

    1-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es APS Ass embly For both equipm ent and fiber prot ection, 1+1 card and APS line redund ancy require an APS connec tor that lin ks the two o ptical back ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 85

    1-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figure 1-14 sho ws an e xample of tw o back cards installed in the 88 50 APS connec tor . W hen the tw o back cards a re inser ted into an APS co nnector , th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 86

    1-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es Cautio n Although the PXM 1E-4-15 5 does n ot nee d an A PS conne ctor to suppor t APS line redundancy , it is recomm ended t hat you in stall the PXM1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 87

    1-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches Figur e 1 -15 DC P EM Fac eplate For a DC-po wered system, the DC PEMs are inst alled at the back of the air in take plen um. If you in stall only one D C PEM ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 88

    1-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 50 and MGX 8850 /B Sw itch es Exhaust Plenum The exhaus t plenum is installed abo ve the upper fan tra y (see Figure 1-9 for location). The fa n trays pull air fro m the ai r intake ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 89

    1-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8850 and MGX 8850/B Switches MGX 8850/B Redundancy Connectors The MG X 8850 /B cha ssis has option al 1:3 ( RCON-1 to3-8850 ) and 1: 5 (R CON-1TO5-885 0) RCON s for 1:N red undan cy when ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 90

    1-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch Figur e 1 -19 RCON-1T O3-8850 R CO N Connec tor T o install or remov e RCONs, see Installing or Remov ing Redundanc y Connectors, page 6-22 . Cisco MGX 8950 Switch The MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 91

    1-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch • Is s hip ped i n on e of tw o con fi gurat ions : – Cisco cabin et conf iguration—All com ponents ar e shipped pre installed in a Cisco cab inet. – Open ra ck confi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 92

    1-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch MGX 8950 Card Comp artment The M GX 895 0 switch has 32 single -heigh t slots in a com partme nt ca rd cag e that holds c ards a nd module s. Some single -height sl ots c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 93

    1-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch AC Power Supply Tray The MG X 8 950 can acce pt power fr om a 22 0 V A C (180–254 V A C) source that connec ts to an op tiona l A C power suppl y tray , shown in Figure 1-2 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 94

    1-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch Figure 1-22 shows a clos e-up of the A C power supply fac eplate . Figur e 1 -22 A C Po wer Supply F aceplat e The AC po wer supp ly requir ement s for the switch d epend ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 95

    1-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch Extender Card The extend er card was introduce d in Rel ease 5. It supp orts AX SM-XG c ards only . T he AXSM -XG card has a cu tout on the re ar edge to ac commoda te moun t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 96

    1-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch Air Intake and Exhaust Plenums The air intak e plenum is installed belo w the lo wer fan tray (see Figure 1-2 0 for loca tion). The f an trays pull air up through the mod ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 97

    1-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch APS Ass embly For both eq uipm ent a nd fiber pr otection, 1+1 card a nd APS l ine r edundancy require an APS conn ector (Cisco part numbe r MGX-APS- CON-895 0) that links t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 98

    1-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch Figure 1-26 sho ws an e xample of two back cards installed in an APS co nnector . When the two b ack cards are link ed to an APS c onnector , the y form an APS assembly . ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 99

    1-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8950 Swi tch Cable Management Assembly The ca ble m anag ement sy stem consists of t wo identi cal, horiz ontal cable mana gement a ssemb lies ( an upper a nd a lower asse mbly), left -si ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 100

    1-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 89 50 Sw itch DC Power Entry Modu le The MGX 8950 can ac cept power fro m a –48 VDC (–42 + –56 VDC ) DC source th at conn ects to on e (prima ry) o r two ( seconda ry/redu ndant ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 101

    1-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch Lower and Upper Fan Trays Each fan tray h ouses nine fans that provide system cooling. The MG X 8950 swit ch requir es that two fan trays (upper and lo wer) be ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 102

    1-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch – Open ra ck confi gura tion—I ndi vidual compo nents are shi pped re ady for insta llation i n a custome r-supplied o pen r ack or a thi rd-par ty vendor ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 103

    1-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch This section includ es the follo wing information: • Applic ations , pag e 1-47 • Interface Suppo rt, page 1 -47 • Standa rds-Based Conv ersion to A TM, p ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 104

    1-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Standard s-Base d Conversio n to ATM The MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/ B switch con verts all user infor mation into 53-b yte A TM cells by us ing the appropr iate A ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 105

    1-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch • An optional A C powe r tray is located at the bottom of the chassis. Slots 1 thr ough 7 are on th e left a nd slots 8 throug h 14 ar e in the r ight, when y ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 106

    1-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch MGX 8830 Cards Supported Ta b l e 1 - 3 lists the cards supporte d in a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B switch. Abbre viated card names, such as A USM or MMC, are list ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 107

    1-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch • DC Power En try Mo dule ( PEM) , p age 1-5 4 • Fan T ra y , page 1-55 • MGX 8830/ B Redundancy Conn ector, page 1-57 AC Power Supply Tra y An opt ional ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 108

    1-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch APS Ass embly For both equipm ent and fiber prot ection, 1+1 card and APS line redund ancy require an APS connec tor (Cisco P art Num ber MGX- 8830-A PS-CON) ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 109

    1-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch Figure 1-37 shows a n examp le of two ba ck cards installe d in an APS con nector . T wo ba ck cards i nstalled in an APS connector forms an A PS assembly . The ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 110

    1-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Cautio n Although the PXM 1E-4-15 5 does n ot nee d an A PS conne ctor to suppor t APS line redundancy , it is recomm ended t hat you in stall the PXM1E-4 -15 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 111

    1-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B S witch For a DC-po were d system, the DC PEMs are inst alled at the ba ck of the switc h. (See Fi gure 1-40 .) On an MG X 8830 switch, it does no t matter on which s i ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 112

    1-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisco MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch Figure 1-41 shows the fan tray . Figur e 1 -41 MGX 8830 or MG X 8830/B Switc h F an T ra y Cautio n If a fa n tray fails, replace it imm ediately . 17274 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 113

    1-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway MGX 8830/B Redundancy Connector The MG X 8830/B c hassis ha s optiona l 1:3 (RCO N-1to 3-8850) RC ONs for 1:N re dundancy whe n using MPSM-16- T1E1 car ds. A single ch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 114

    1-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y The C isco VXSM archi tecture combi nes a h igh-pe rform ance voice service s engi ne with onboa rd digi tal signal p rocessors to provide a dvanced voice proces ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 115

    1-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Features and Benefits Ta b l e 1 - 9 lists the featur es and bene fits of the Cisco VXSM. Ta b l e 1 - 1 0 lists specific ations for VXSM featur es. T able 1 -9 VXSM F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 116

    1-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y MGX 8880 Card Comp artment The Cisco MG X 8880 gateway has 32 single-hei ght slots in a compa rtment ca rd cage that ho lds cards and modu les. Som e singl e-hei ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 117

    1-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway MGX 8880 Slot Assignments Ta b l e 1 - 3 describes mod ule slot assignme nt for the Cisco MG X 8880 Me dia Gateway . Figure 1-43 shows module slot assignment s (front ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 118

    1-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y Figure 1-44 shows slot assi gnment s (rear view) for the Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway . Figur e 1 -44 Cisco MG X 8880 Med ia Gatew ay Sl ot Assignments—Rea r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 119

    1-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figur e 1 -45 Example o f an MGX 888 0 Media Gat ewa y , Fully Confi gur ed with VXSM O C-3/S TM-1 MGX 8880 Cards Supported The Cisco MG X 8880 Med ia Gatew ay support ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 120

    1-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y • RPM- XF—Dou ble- height front card and 2 GE, 2 POS ba ck car ds, and UI + back ca rds (e xisting modul e, with ne w back cards as of Re lease 4. 0.15) • ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 121

    1-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway RPM- XF-51 2 Ma nageme nt back c ard: • MGX-XF- UI Physic al network co nnecti vity back cards: • MGX-1OC12 POS-IR • MGX-2OC12 POS-IR T ranscei vers fo r the 2OC ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 122

    1-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y MGX 8880 Hardwa re Compon ents The MGX 8880 Media G ateway supports the fol lowing hardware co mpone nts: • A C power sup ply tray (opt ional)— W ith power s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 123

    1-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figur e 1 -46 Har dwar e Component Loc ations f o r a Cisco MGX 8880 Medi a Gatew ay—F ront V iew This se ction provides detail s abou t the f ollowing Cisco MG X 88 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 124

    1-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y AC Power Supply Tray The Cisc o MGX 8880 gateway can accept power from a 220-V A C (18 0- to 254- V AC) source that connec ts to an opti onal A C power supply tr ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 125

    1-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway Figure 1-48 shows a clos e-up of the A C power supply fac eplate . Figur e 1 -48 A C Po wer Supply F aceplat e The A C power sup ply re quireme nts fo r th e gateway d ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 126

    1-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y Note For A C power cord re quir ement s, see th e “Req uired T ools and E quip ment” se ction on p age 3-6 7 . Air Intake Plenum The air intak e plenum is in ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 127

    1-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway APS Ass embly For both equ ipment and fiber pro tect ion, the 1+1 c ard and APS line r edunda ncy configurat ion req uires that an APS connecto r link tw o optical bac ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 128

    1-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y For informat ion on APS software c onfiguration , refer to the soft ware configurat ion guide th at matche s your MG X switc h name a nd rele ase. Th e “Obtain ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 129

    1-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 1 Product Overv iews Cisco MGX 8880 Me dia Gateway For more information abo ut DC power requirements, see th e “Po wer Requir ements” s ection on page 3-62 . Exhaust Plenum/Fan Tray The 2RU exhaust plenum /fan tray ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 130

    1-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapt er 1 Produ ct Overv iews Cisc o MGX 88 80 Me dia Ga tewa y As shipped , an MGX 8880 cha ssis could have up to six VXSM -4-155 or VXSM- 48T1E1 car ds in slot s 1 through 6. These slots are covered by the insta lled RCONs, ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 131

    C HA PTER 2-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 2 Illustrated Card List fo r MGX Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway How to Use the Illustrated Card List This c hapte r incl udes t ables that define whic h fr ont ca rds are suppo rted in ea ch MG X swi tch or g ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 132

    2-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 50 (PXM 45) or MGX 88 50/B ( PXM45) Card Ov erview • MGX 895 0 release not es: http://www .cisco.com /univ ercd/cc/td/doc/pr oduct/wanb u ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 133

    2-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway MGX 8850 (PXM45) or MGX 8850/B (PXM45) Card Ove rview FRSM-2CT3 MGX-FRSM-2CT3 Release 4.0. 00 FRSM, page 2-27 FRSM-2T3E3 MGX-FRSM-2T3E3 Release ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 134

    2-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 50 (PXM 1E) or MGX 8850 /B (PXM1E) Ca rd Over view MGX 8850 (PXM1E) or MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8850 (PX M1E) or MG X 8850/ B ( ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 135

    2-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway MGX 89 50 Ca rd O verv iew MGX 8950 Card Overview MGX 895 0 front cards an d compa tibl e back cards ar e lis ted in Ta b l e 1 - 3 . Ta b l e ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 136

    2-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 8830/B (PXM45/C) Card Overview MGX 8830/B (PXM45/C) Card Overview MGX 883 0/B front car ds and comp atibl e back cards ar e liste d in Ta b l ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 137

    2-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B (PXM1E) Card Overview MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/ B front cards an d compat ible ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 138

    2-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway MGX 88 80 Car d Over vie w Note A lthough the illustr ations in t his cha pter a re displaye d vertical ly , c ards are i nstalle d hori zonta lly ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 139

    2-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway PXM45 and AXSM Suppo rt for C urrent an d Previo us Releases PXM45 and AXSM Support for Curren t and Previous Releases Ta b l e 2 - 7 lists AXS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 140

    2-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Front Cards AUSM Supported models: MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B , MGX 8850 (PXM1E), MGX 8850 (PXM1E) A USM ca rds are service modules that p ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 141

    2-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-1 shows an A USM facepla te. Figur e 2-1 AU SM F aceplate Note The only visi ble dif ference betw een ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 142

    2-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 9 describe s th e LEDs on the A USM ca rds. Module Configu rations The A USM sup ports t he fol lowing modul e configur ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 143

    2-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards AXSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45), MGX 8950, MGX 8880 The A TM switching servic e modules ( AXSMs) pro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 144

    2-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Some AXSM po rt spee ds are a vailable in up to three di fferen t models (f or ex ample, an AXSM-16-1 55, an AX SM-16 -155/ B, a nd ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 145

    2-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards • When you replace a n AXSM model that is in an APS conf iguration, be sure to replace it only with the same mode l. If APS is n ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 146

    2-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-2 shows an e xample of an AXSM facep late. Figur e 2 -2 AXSM F aceplat e Example 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 147

    2-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Note Y o u can ide ntify the AXSM by the produ ct name silk-scre ened on t he facepl ate. See Ta b l e 1 - 3 for a list of the AXS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 148

    2-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figu re 2-3 AXS M-X G F acep late Ex ampl e (AXS M-4 -2488 -XG) 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 ST ANDBY LED 4 POR T x LE ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 149

    2-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figur e 2-4 AXSM-XG F aceplat e Example (AXSM-1 -9953-XG) 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 ST ANDBY LED 4 POR T x LEDs N ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 150

    2-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figur e 2-5 AXSM-XG F aceplat e Example (AXSM-16-155-XG) 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 4 POR T x LEDs 2 ST ANDBY LED 5 RS-232 Port 3 FA ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 151

    2-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 1 1 descri bes the LE Ds on the AXSM and AXSM-XG car ds. Module Configu rations The AXSM supports th e following modu ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 152

    2-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-6 sh ows how redundant AXSM c ards c onnect t o stan dalone lines. Figur e 2-6 Card Set Redu ndancy Co nfiguration—AXSM C ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 153

    2-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figure 2-8 sh ows ho w a single AXSM connects to redundant APS lines. Figur e 2-8 1:1 APS Line Red undanc y Configur ation—AXSM ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 154

    2-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s When the CESM is combined with a back card, a card set is created. Ta b l e 2 - 1 2 p rov ides information about each CESM, inte rfa ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 155

    2-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-9 shows a CESM f aceplat e. Figur e 2-9 CESM F aceplate Note Th e only visibl e difference bet ween th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 156

    2-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 1 3 describes the LEDs on the CESM cards. Module Configu rations The CESM su pports the follo wing module config uratio ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 157

    2-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards FRSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The Fra me Relay s ervice m odu ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 158

    2-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For info rmati on on FRSM and FRSM -HS2/B sof twar e featu res and configur ation s, refer t o the Cisco F rame Relay Services ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 159

    2-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-10 shows a FRSM-2 CT3 f acepl ate. Figur e 2-1 0 FRSM-2CT3 F aceplat e 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 3 FA ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 160

    2-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-11 s hows a FRSM -2T3E 3 facepla te. Figur e 2-1 1 FRSM -2T3E3 F aceplate 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 STBY? ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 161

    2-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figure 2-12 shows a f aceplate typica l of the FRSM-8E1, FRSM- 8T1, FRSM-8E1-C , or FRSM-8T1- C front ca rds. Figur e 2-12 FRSM-8E ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 162

    2-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-13 shows a FRSM-HS2/B f aceplate. Figur e 2-13 FRSM-HS2/B F aceplat e 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 3 FA I L L E D 2 STBY—Sta ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 163

    2-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 1 5 descri bes the LE Ds on th e FRSM cards. Module Configu rations The FRSM-2C T3 and FRSM-2T 3E3 supp ort the follo ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 164

    2-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s FRSM -12-T3E3 Supported models: MGX 8850 (PXM45) , MGX 8850/B (PXM45) The FRSM-12 -T3E 3 is a high-de nsity , dou ble-hei ght servic ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 165

    2-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-14 shows a FRSM-12-T3E3 faceplate. Figur e 2-14 FRSM-12-T3E3 F aceplat e 1 AC T — Ac t ive L E D 4 P ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 166

    2-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 1 7 des cribes the LE Ds on th e FRS M-12-T3 E3s. Note For i nformat ion on FRSM-1 2-T3E3 s oftware feat ures an d con ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 167

    2-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figure 2-15 shows how redundan t FRSM-1 2-T3E 3 cards conn ect to standa lone li nes. Figur e 2-15 Card Set Redu ndanc y Configur ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 168

    2-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s MPSM -8-T1E1 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MP SM-8-T1E1 (Mu ltip ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 169

    2-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards MPSM -T3E 3-155 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MPSM-T3E3-155 (M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 170

    2-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The MPSM- T3E3- 155 card supp orts the fe ature s as summari zed in Ta b l e 2 - 1 9 . T able 2-19 MPSM-T3 E3-155 Suppor te d Feat u ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 171

    2-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards For more details on configuring, provisionin g, licensi ng, an d other deta ils when usi ng the MPSM-T 3E3-155 ca rd, refe r to Ci ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 172

    2-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s MPSM -16-T1E1 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 883 0, MGX 8830/B The MPSM-1 6-T1 E1 is a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 173

    2-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards The MPSM -16- T1E1 card suppo rts t he featu res as su mm arize d in Ta b l e 2 - 2 1 . T able 2-21 MPSM-16-T1E1 Su ppor ted F eat ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 174

    2-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s For more det ails on configuri ng, provisioni ng, li censing an d other de tails fo r using the MPSM-T 3E3-15 5 card, re fer t o Cis ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 175

    2-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figur e 2-18 MPSM-16-T1E1 F aceplate PXM1E Supported models: MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B , MGX 8850 (PXM1E), MGX 8850/B (PXM1E) The PXM1E ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 176

    2-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The PXM1E is pa rt of a c ard set th at cons ists of a PXM1 E, a user inte rface b ack car d , and an NNI / UNI port back card. The ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 177

    2-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards The PX M1E- 8-155 NN I/UNI back ca rds mu st be installe d in a n APS asse mbly to suppor t APS line redunda ncy . Se e the “ AP ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 178

    2-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For info rmati on on PXM1E sof tware feat ures and co nfigurati ons, re fer to the C isco MGX 880 0/8900 Series Conf igur ation ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 179

    2-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figure 2-19 shows how redundant PXM1 Es conne ct to stand alone lines. Figur e 2-19 Card Set Redu ndancy Co nfiguration—PXM1Es N ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 180

    2-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note In Figure 2-20 , the clock ports on the UI-S3 back ca rds mu st be Y -cable d. Figure 2-21 shows how a single PXM1E conne cts t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 181

    2-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards ST A TUS Red The module is in Reset mode. Blinking red The module is booti ng up fr om boot fl ash. The PXM1E p rompt wi ll appear ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 182

    2-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-4-155 Figure 2-22 shows a PXM1E-4 -155 facepl ate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 cont ains LED de scripti ons. Figur e 2-22 PXM1E-4-155 F a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 183

    2-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards PXM1E-8-155 Figure 2-23 shows a PXM1E-8 -155 facepl ate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 cont ains LED de scripti ons. Figur e 2-23 PXM1E-8-155 F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 184

    2-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-8-T3E3 Figure 2-24 sho ws a PX M1E-8-T3E3 fac eplate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contain s LED de script ions. Figur e 2-24 PXM1E-8-T3E ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 185

    2-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards PXM1E-16-T1E1 Figure 2-25 show s a PX M1E-16- T 1E1 f aceplate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 c ontains L ED de scripti ons. Figur e 2-25 PXM1E ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 186

    2-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM1E-COMB O Figure 2-26 shows a PXM1 E-COMBO f aceplate. Ta b l e 2 - 2 3 contai ns LED descript ions. The PXM1E-C OMBO car d is al ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 187

    2-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards PXM45 Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45), MGX 8950, MGX 8880 The PXM4 5, PXM4 5/B, and PXM4 5/C allow service ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 188

    2-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s PXM45 Support on MGX 8950 The MGX 895 0 switc h was introduced with PXM45 /B, and ca n use the PXM4 5/B or PXM4 5/C card . In an MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 189

    2-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-27 shows a PX M45 or PX M45/B fac eplate . The face plates l ook the same, exce pt for t he produ ct n ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 190

    2-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-28 shows a PXM45/C faceplate. Figur e 2-28 PXM45/C F aceplate 1 Contr oller port L ED (CN TLR Port) 5 History button (HI ST ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 191

    2-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 2 5 descri bes LEDs on the PXM4 5 card s. Module Configu rations PXM45 ca rd redund ancy is prec onfigured on the Cis ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 192

    2-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The fo llowing module con figurati ons are sup ported fo r the PXM4 5: • Standalo ne. • Card set redu ndancy (Y -cabl e). Note F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 193

    2-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Note For info rmation on RPM -PR softwar e feature s and configurati ons, re fer to the Cisc o MGX Rout e Pr ocessor Mo dule ( RPM ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 194

    2-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-29 shows an RPM-PR faceplate. Figur e 2-29 RPM-PR F a ceplat e 1 CPU OK LE D 4 LM1 OK an d LM2 OK LE Ds ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 195

    2-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 2 7 des cribe s the LEDs on th e R PM-PR . Module Configu rations The RPM-PR su pports the follo wing module configur ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 196

    2-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s • Pro vides Cis co IOS -base d multipr otoc ol rout ing o v er A TM and A TM interf ace La yer 3 t erminat ion, local serv er inte ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 197

    2-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-30 s hows an RPM -XF face pla te. Ta b l e 2 - 2 8 conta ins LED descr iptions. Figur e 2-30 RPM-XF F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 198

    2-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Ta b l e 2 - 2 8 des cribe s the LEDs on th e RP M-XF. Module Configu rations The RPM -XF su pports t he following modul e con figur ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 199

    2-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards • Bulk Distri bution—MGX 883 0, MGX 8850 (P XM45), and MGX 8850 (PXM 1E) For module configu ration inf ormat ion, refer t o Ch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 200

    2-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figur e 2 -31 SRM-3T3/C F aceplate 1 Acti ve LED (A CT) 4 1:N RED LED 2 Standb y LED (STBY) 5 BERT LED 3 FA I L L E D 6 POR T 1 thro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 201

    2-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 0 describes the LEDs on the SRM-3T3/C a nd SRME/B. SRME Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PX ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 202

    2-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-32 shows an SRME faceplate. Figur e 2-32 SRME F aceplat e Ta b l e 2 - 3 1 des cribe s the LEDS on t he SRME c ard. 1 Acti ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 203

    2-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards SRME/B Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/PXM45), MGX 8830, MGX 8830/B, MGX 8880 SRME/ B stan ds for S ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 204

    2-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s On an MGX 8850 (PXM 1E or PXM45 ), the PX M card in sl ot 7 contro ls the SRM cards in slots 15 and 31. The PXM ca rd in s lot 8 con ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 205

    2-75 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Bit Error Rate Testing After a serv ice module line or p ort is put into loopb ack mode, the SRM can gen erate a test pattern ove ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 206

    2-76 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-35 shows an SRME/B faceplate. Figur e 2-35 SRME/B F aceplat e 1 A CTIVE LED 6 OC3/ STM1 LED 2 ST ANDBY LED 7 POR T 1 LED 3 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 207

    2-77 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards VISM-PR Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45 ), MGX 8850/ B (PXM1E/P XM45), MGX 888 0 The V ISM-PR, i n comb inati on wi th a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 208

    2-78 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Note For inf ormatio n on VI SM-PR sof tware feat ures and c onfigurati ons, refe r to th e Cisco V oice Interworking Service s (VIS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 209

    2-79 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 3 des cribe s the LEDs on t he VI SM-PRs. Module Configu rations The VISM -PR supports t he following modul e confi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 210

    2-80 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s VXSM Supported model s: MGX 8850 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PXM45 ), MGX 8880 The VX SM is Cisc o’ s next ge nerati on voice switch se r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 211

    2-81 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Note The RCON card ( Redundanc y Connector ) is a small assembly that, when in stalled, atta ches to the top a nd/or bo ttom of th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 212

    2-82 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s 22 TXRING22 T XTIP22 47 23 TXRING23 T XTIP23 48 24 TXRING24 T XTIP24 49 25 50 T able 2-35 Receive Pin to Signal Assig nments Pin Sig ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 213

    2-83 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Card Slots In an M GX 88 80 chassi s or an MG X 8850 c hassis VX SM car ds can be inst alled in slots 1 throu gh 6 and 9 throu gh ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 214

    2-84 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Faceplate Features Figure 2-38 shows the VXSM-155 faceplate Figur e 2-38 VXSM-155 F aceplat e . 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 215

    2-85 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Figure 2-37 shows the VX SM-T1E1 f aceplate . Figur e 2-39 VXSM-T1E1 F aceplat e 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYST EM: 1. Hold ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 216

    2-86 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s Figure 2-40 shows the VX SM-T3 face plate Figur e 2-40 VXSM-T3 F aceplat e . 1 Instructio ns for DU AL LA TCH SYST EM: 1. Hold up me ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 217

    2-87 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Ta b l e 2 - 3 6 describ es the LEDs on t he VXS M front cards . Module Configu rations The VXSM supports th e following modu le c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 218

    2-88 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s VXSM OC-3/STM- 1 Interface VXSM OC-3/S TM-1 back c ards (part VXSM -BC-4-155 ) use the Cisco industry- standard Sma ll Form-F actor ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 219

    2-89 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Note For in forma tion o n VXSM soft ware fe atures and c onfigura tions, re fer to the Cisco V oi ce Switch Service s (VXSM) Conf ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 220

    2-90 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Front Card s The XM60 pro vides the foll ow ing features: • Support for 60, 120, 180 , or 240 Gbps of cross-poi nt switchi ng capaci ty • Dyn ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 221

    2-91 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Front Cards Faceplate Features Figure 2-41 s hows the X M60 face pla te. Figur e 2-41 XM60 F aceplate 43986 ACT FAIL XM-60 Active (steady g re ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 222

    2-92 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8850 (PXM1 E/PXM45) o r MGX 8850 (P XM1E/PXM 45) Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 0 provides info rmat ion abou t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 223

    2-93 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Back Cards for MGX 8950 Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 1 provid es info rmat ion a bout e ach ba ck c ard in an MGX 8 950 sw itch. See Ta ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 224

    2-94 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards T able 2-41 Back Car d Infor mation f or the M G X 8950 S witch Back Car d Name Pr inted on th e Facepla te Cisco Pro duct ID MCC -8-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 225

    2-95 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Back Cards for MGX 8830 Switches Ta b l e 2 - 4 2 provides info rmati on abou t eac h back card in the MGX 8830 or MG X 8830/ B sw ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 226

    2-96 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Back Cards for MGX 8880 Media Gateway Ta b l e 2 - 4 3 provide s info rmati on abo ut eac h back card in an MG X 88 80 Medi a Gateway ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 227

    2-97 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFLR-8-155-LC/B from SMFLR-8-1 55-LC and SMFLR-8 -155-LC/B, page 2-151 SMFLR-8-15 5-LC and SMFL R-8-15 5-LC/B SMFSR-1-2488/B f ro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 228

    2-98 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards 12IN1-8S The 12 IN1-8S is an eight -port ba ck card that pro vides V .35 and X.2 1 (V .11) serial i nterf aces. F igu re 2- 42 shows t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 229

    2-99 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds BNC-2E3 The BNC- 2E3 is a two-p ort back card that pr ovi des E3 inter faces . Figure 2-43 shows the BNC-2E3 face plate. The B NC- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 230

    2-100 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards BNC-2T3 The BNC- 2T3 is a two-p ort back card that pr ovi des T3 inter faces . Figure 2-44 shows the BNC-2T3 face plate. Cable: CAB-B ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 231

    2-101 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds BNC-3- T3E3 The BNC- 3-T3E 3 back card provi des three T3 interfa ces. Figur e 2-45 sho ws the BNC-3-T3 E3 fac eplate. Cable: CAB ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 232

    2-102 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards BNC-3T3-M The BNC-3T3- M is a b ack card t h at pro vides three T3 interf aces. Figure 2-46 shows the BNC-3T3- M face plate. Cable: C ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 233

    2-103 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds MCC-8-155 The MCC- 8-155 is a back car d that pro vides eight OC-3c interf aces using 16 MCC conn ectors (8 transmit and 8 recei ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 234

    2-104 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MCC-16-E1 The MCC-16-E1 is a back car d that pro vides 16 E1 interf aces using 32 E1 MCC connectors ( 16 transmit and 16 rece ive). F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 235

    2-105 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Supports 1: N redund ancy in the following switche s: • MGX 883 0/B (w ith RCON -1TO3-8830) • MGX 885 0/B (w ith RCON -1TO3-8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 236

    2-106 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-1GE The MGX -1GE is a single- port high -speed upl ink (Gi gabit Eth erne t) back ca rd. Th e MGX-1 GE is installe d in t he uppe ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 237

    2-107 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figur e 2-50 MGX-1GE F aceplate 1 LINK LED • Green —A link has bee n esta blishe d. • Off—A link has not been es tablishe ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 238

    2-108 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-2GE Figure 2-51 shows the MG X-2GE f aceplate. The MGX- 2GE car d is a single -heigh t, 2-po rt Gig abit Ether net bac k ca rd fo ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 239

    2-109 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds MGX-1 OC12PO S-IR The MGX- 1OC12POS -IR is a singl e-port high -speed upl ink (OC-12 PO S) back car d. This bac k card provides a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 240

    2-110 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-2 OC12PO S-IR Figure 2-53 shows the MG X-2OC12POS-I R face plate. Figur e 2-53 MGX-2OC12POS-IR F aceplate 1 ENBL LED • Off—Th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 241

    2-111 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds MGX-RJ4 5-5-ETH The MGX -RJ45-5 -ETH is a single -height back card for the RPM -PR that prov ides f i ve RJ-45 c o nnect ors for ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 242

    2-112 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MGX-RJ48-8 E1 The M GX-RJ48- 8E1 is a sing le-h eight ba ck ca rd tha t provide s eigh t RJ-48 conne ctors for E1 lines. Figure 2-55 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 243

    2-113 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds MGX-XF-UI The MG X-XF-UI is a managemen t back ca rd that p rovides remote management c a pabilities f or the RPM-XF thro ugh a c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 244

    2-114 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Note Connecting to the auxiliar y port through a mod em is not supported. The auxi liary port can opera te at a user-specified baud r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 245

    2-115 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figur e 2-58 M GX-XF -UI/B F aceplate 1 A UX —An R J-45 re cepta cle that prov ides connec tion to an auxil iar y de vice tha t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 246

    2-116 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MMF-4- 155/C The MMF-4-155 /C is a multimode fibe r back card that pro vides four SONET /SDH OC-3c/STM-1 interf aces, each ope rating ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 247

    2-117 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds MMF-8- 155-MT and M MF-8-155-M T/B The MMF-8-15 5-MT and the MMF-8-1 55-MT/B are multim ode f iber back car ds that provid e eigh ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 248

    2-118 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards MMF-FE The MM F-FE is a one-p ort back c ard tha t provides a choi ce of two Et hern et conn ectors f or 100BASE-FX conn ection t o M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 249

    2-119 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds PXM-HD The PXM-HD is a single- height bac k card that is installe d in the MGX 8850 ( PXM45) switch. It houses a 6-GB har d dis k ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 250

    2-120 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards PXM-UI-S3 and PXM-UI-S3 /B The use r int erface ba ck c ard (PX M-UI- S3 or PX M-UI -S3/B) p rovides manage ment in terface s for con ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 251

    2-121 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figure 2-63 shows the PXM -UI-S3 back card f ace plate. Figur e 2-63 PXM-UI-S3 F aceplate Note The control port has a def ault da ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 252

    2-122 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figure 2-64 shows the PXM -UI-S3/ B back c ard f acepla te. See Ta b l e 2 - 2 2 for PXM 1E and PXM-UI-S3/ B compatibility . For cab ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 253

    2-123 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Note The control port has a def ault data rate of 9600 bps. The d ata rate is conf igurable us ing the cnfserial if comman d fro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 254

    2-124 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figur e 2-65 RBBN-16-T1E1 F ac eplat e RBBN-16-T1E1 -1N The R BBN-16-T 1E1-1 N is a back card that prov ides 16 T1/E1 i nterfac es th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 255

    2-125 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Note Figur e 2-66 does not show its bail latc hes. Figur e 2-66 RBBN-16-T1E1 -1N F aceplat e RED-16-T 1E1 The R ED-16 -T1E1 i s a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 256

    2-126 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards Figur e 2-67 RED-16-T1E1 122413 RED 16 - T1E1 ST ATUS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 257

    2-127 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds RJ45-4E/B The RJ45-4E/ B is a ba ck c ard tha t provides four IE EE 80 2.3 E therne t 10BASE-T inte rfaces. Figur e 2-68 sho ws t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 258

    2-128 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards RJ45-FE The RJ45 -FE back ca rd has an RJ-45 co nnec tor to att ach to Category 5 UTP for 100BASE-TX , and a media independent interf ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 259

    2-129 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds RJ48-8E1 and R-RJ 48-8 E1 The R J48-8E 1 and R -RJ48- 8E1 ar e single -height bac k card s that pro vide e ight RJ- 48 co nnecto ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 260

    2-130 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards RJ48-8T1 and R-RJ 48-8 T1 The R J48-8T 1 and R -RJ48- 8T1 ar e single -height bac k card s that pro vide e ight RJ- 48 co nnecto rs f ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 261

    2-131 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SCSI2-2H SSI/B The SCSI2 -2HSSI /B is a back car d that provides two unc hannel ized HSSI in terfaces. Each inter face supports a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 262

    2-132 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SFP-2-155 The SFP-2-155 is a back card that provides two OC-3c/STM-1 interfaces operating at 155 M bps. Both OC-3 c ports have SONET ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 263

    2-133 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figure 2-73 shows the SFP-2-155 fa ceplate. Cables: CAB-MMF- LC, CAB-MM F-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR- LC, CAB-SMFL R-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR-LC-Y ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 264

    2-134 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SFP-8-155 The SFP-8-155 is a back card that provides eight OC-3c/STM-1 interfaces oper ating at 155 Mbps. All eight OC -3c ports hav ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 265

    2-135 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figure 2-74 shows the SFP-8-155 fa ceplate. Cables: CAB-MMF- LC, CAB-MM F-LC-Y , CAB-SMFIR- LC, CAB-SMFIR- LC-Y , CAB-SMFLR, CAB- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 266

    2-136 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-2-155-EL The SMB-2- 155-EL i s an e lectri cal bac k ca rd th at provid es two OC -3c/ST M-1 in terface s, eac h oper ating at 15 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 267

    2-137 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMB-4-155 The SMB-4 -155 is a back car d that provi des four OC-3c/STM -1 inte rfaces, ea ch ope rating at 155 Mbp s. Figure 2-76 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 268

    2-138 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-6-T3E3 The SMB-6- T3E3 is a sin gle -height back card tha t provi des si x T3 o r E3 inte rface s. Fi gure 2- 77 sho ws the SMB-6 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 269

    2-139 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMB-8E1 an d R-SMB-8 E1 The SMB- 8E1 and R- SMB-8E 1 are sing le-heig ht back card s that provid e eigh t SMB con nectors fo r E1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 270

    2-140 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMB-8E3 The SMB-8E3 is a back card that pro vides eight E3 interfac es. Figure 2-79 shows the SMB-8E3 face plate. Cabl es: CAB-T3E3 - ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 271

    2-141 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMB-8T3 The SMB-8T3 is a back card that pro vides eight T3 interfac es. Figure 2-80 shows the SMB-8T3 face plate. Cabl es: CAB-T3 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 272

    2-142 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFIR-1-155 The SMFIR- 1-155 is a si ngle-mo de f iber , intermed iate-re ach back ca rd that pro vides one OC-3c/ST M-1 interf ace o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 273

    2-143 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFIR -1-62 2/C The SMFIR-1-622/C is a single-mode f iber , intermediate-reac h back card that prov ides one OC-12c/ STM -4 inter ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 274

    2-144 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFI R-2- 622 and SMFIR-2 -622 /B The SMFIR-2 -622 an d the SMFIR-2 -622/ B are single -mode f iber, intermediat e-reach ba ck cards ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 275

    2-145 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFIR -4-15 5/C The SMFIR-4-155/C is a single-mode f iber , intermediate-reac h back card that prov ides four OC-3c/STM - 1 inter ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 276

    2-146 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFIR-8-155 -LC and SMFIR -8-155 -LC/B The SMFIR-8 -155- LC and th e SMFIR-8-15 5-LC/ B are single -mode f iber, intermed iate-rea ch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 277

    2-147 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFLR-1-24 88 and S MFLR-1 -2488/B The SMFLR- 1-2488 and SMFLR-1-2 488/B are single-mo de fiber, l ong-re ach back cards tha t pr ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 278

    2-148 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFLR-1-62 2/C The SMFLR- 1-622/ C is a single- mode fiber, long- reach ba ck card t hat provides one O C-12c /STM-4 interfac e opera ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 279

    2-149 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFLR-2-62 2 and SMFLR-2-62 2/B The SMFL R-2-62 2 and th e SMFLR-2- 622/B a re single -mode fiber, long-reac h back c ards that p ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 280

    2-150 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFLR-4-15 5/C The SMFLR- 4-155/ C is a single- mode fiber, long-re ach back card that provides four SON ET OC-3c/ STM- 1 interface s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 281

    2-151 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFLR-8-15 5-LC an d SMFLR -8-155-LC /B The SMFLR- 8-155- LC and the SM FLR-8-155- LC/B are single- mode fiber, l ong- reach ba c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 282

    2-152 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFSR-1-24 88 an d SMFS R-1-2488/B The SMFSR -1-248 8 and the SMFSR-1- 2488/B a re sin gle-mode fiber , short-re ach ba ck cards that ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 283

    2-153 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds SMFSR-1-99 53 W i th the SMFSR- 1-9953 , SMFIR-1-9 953, SM FLR-1-9953 back card assemb ly , the AXS M-1-995 3-XG can work at the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 284

    2-154 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards SMFXLR-1 -248 8 and SMF XLR-1-2 488/B The SMFXL R-1-24 88 and the SM FXLR-1-2 488/B are single- mode fiber , extended long- reach ba ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 285

    2-155 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds STM1-E L-1 The STM1- EL- 1 is a back card that provid es one STM 1 in terfac e. Figu re 2-94 shows the STM1-E L-1 face plate. Cab ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 286

    2-156 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards T3E3-1 55 The T3E3-1 55 is a b ack card that pro vides eight T3/E3 interf aces and fo ur OC-3c interfaces. All eight electric al port ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 287

    2-157 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds Figure 2-95 shows the T3E3-15 5 faceplate. Cables fo r item 3:CAB-MCC-T1 E1 and CAB-MCC- T1E1-Y . Cables f or item 4: CAB-SMF -LC ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 288

    2-158 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards VXSM-BC-4 -155 The VXSM-B C-4-15 5 card is a b ack card f or t he VX SM-4- 155 fr ont ca rd. Figure 2-9 6 shows t he VXSM-B C-4-15 5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 289

    2-159 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds VXSM-BC-2 4-T1E1 The VXS M-BC-24 -T1E1 card is a bac k card fo r the VXSM- T1E1 fro nt card . Figure 2-97 shows the VXSM-B C-24-T ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 290

    2-160 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards VXSM-BC -3T3 The VX SM-BC-3T 3 ca rd is a back card f or the VXSM-6 T3 fr ont car d. Figure 2-98 shows the VXSM -BC-3T 3 facepla te. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 291

    2-161 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustr ated Card List for M GX Swi tches and the MG X 8880 Media Gateway Back Ca rds VXSM-BC -3T3 The VXSM -BC-3 T3 card is a back card for th e VXSM-T 3 front card . VXSM-R-BC The VXSM-R -BC is a redun dant back c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 292

    2-162 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 2 Illustrated Card List for MG X Switches and the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Back Cards ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 293

    C HA PTER 3-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 3 Preparing for Installation This chapter lists the requirements for insta lling the Cisco MGX 8850, Cisco MGX 8850/B, Cisco MGX 8950, Cisco MG X 8830 and Cisco MGX 8830/ B switche s and their re lated co mpone nts. I ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 294

    3-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Safety Requi rements Safety Requirements This se ction describe s saf ety re quirem ents f or the MGX 8850 and MG X 8 850/B sw itch. B efore you install a Cisco MGX switch, ensure that all ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 295

    3-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Safety Requirements War ni n g Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. These handles are not desi gned to support th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 296

    3-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Safety Requi rements War ni n g Read the installation instructi ons before you connect the sy stem to its power source. Statement 10 04 War ni n g Before working on equipment that is connec ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 297

    3-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Safety Requirements War ni n g This unit might have more than one p ower supply connection; all connections must be removed completely for you to completely remove power from the u ni t. St ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 298

    3-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Safety Requi rements • Use the Cisco MGX A C and DC systems within the specif ications provide d by their marke d elec trical rati ngs a nd pr oduct u sage instru ctio ns. • Install the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 299

    3-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Safety Requirements Preventing E SD Damage Proper ESD prote ction is r equire d whenever you ha ndle Cisco equi pment. ESD damage , whic h can oc cur when ele c tronic ca rds or c omponents ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 300

    3-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Safety Requi rements General Card Inst allation Guidelines This se ction conta ins re comm endati ons a nd pr ecaut ions fo r: • Install ing an d rep lacing card s and m odule s • Hot s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 301

    3-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Safety Requirements Figur e 3-1 Backplane Insp ection Check P oints • Inspect the card for irregular holes or off-cen ter pi n inse rtion prong s on th e co nnecto r (se e Figure 3-2 ). I ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 302

    3-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation How Cisco MG X Systems are Shipped Cautio n PXM45 con troller cards go in slots 7 and 8 on the MGX 885 0 (PXM45), MGX 8850/B (PX M45), or MGX 8950 switch . PXM1E control ler cards go in sl ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 303

    3-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper op eratio n of an MGX 885 0 or MGX 885 0/B switch dep ends on a pro per environment . This se ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 304

    3-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch The follo wing sections are included: • Seismi c Anch oring, pa ge 3-12 • Shock, p age 3-1 2 • V ibrat ion, page 3-12 • ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 305

    3-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Space Y ou can in stall th e following MGX 885 0 or MGX 885 0/B system compon ents in a ra ck (as shown in Figure 3-3 ): • Exhau ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 306

    3-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch Figur e 3-3 MGX 8850 or MGX 8850 /B Sw itch Com ponents The M GX 88 50 or MG X 8850 /B swi tch a nd co mponen ts fit i n ei ther ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 307

    3-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch The loc ation of the Cisco MGX switch an d the lay out of you r rack or wi ring room are extremel y importa nt for prope r system ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 308

    3-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate ventil ation. Ensure that th e rack is not ov erly congested , because each un it genera tes ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 309

    3-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate ventil ation. Ensure that th e rack is not ov erly congested , because each un it genera tes he ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 310

    3-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch The fol lo wing sections provide additional information about po wer: • A C Power , page 3-18 • DC Power , page 3 -19 • Po ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 311

    3-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Figur e 3-5 Schema tic of A C Plug W ir ing DC Power DC power is su pplied t o the MGX 885 0 or MGX 8 850/B switch through one or ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 312

    3-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch Power Consumption Calculat ion Tables Y ou can use Ta b l e 3 - 6 to c alculate the t ypical p ower requirem ent for a MGX 885 0 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 313

    3-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch AXSM -8-155-E 80 • MMF-4 -155/ C 21.3 • SMB-4-155 25 • SMFIR-4- 155/C 12 • SMFLR-4-155/C 12 AXSM -16-155 94. 6 • MMF-8 - ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 314

    3-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch • SMB-8E1 5 • R-SM B-8E 1 5 CESM-8 T1 a nd CES M-8T 1/ B 29.1 • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 FRSM-2CT3 49 • BNC- 2T3 5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 315

    3-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 • MGX-RJ48 -8E1 3 • RJ48- 8E1 3 MPSM-16T1E1 40 • MCC -16-T1E1 -1N 8 • RBBN- 16-T1 E1-1N ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 316

    3-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch • T3E3- 155 10 PXM45 or PXM45/B PXM45/C 101 121 • PXM-UI-S3 4 • PXM-HD 9 RPM- PR-256 44 • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 317

    3-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch Required To ols and Equipme nt Ta b l e 3 - 7 lists t he too ls and equi pment that you ne ed to install and r emove MGX 8850 o r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 318

    3-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 8850 or M GX 8850/B Sw itch T able 3-7 MGX 8850 or MGX 8 850/B Requ ir ed T ools and Equipment Che ck T ools an d Eq uipm ent Hardware Components and Cables ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 319

    3-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Require ments for the MGX 8850 or MGX 8850/B S witch A C po wer c ord f or A C po wer s upply tray , op tiona l for AC powe r: • Ar gen tin a: Ci sco P art N umbe r CA B-A CR • Au ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 320

    3-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch Site Requirements for the MGX 8950 Switch This secti on descri bes require ments fo r the site wh ere the Cisc o MGX 8950 switch is to be inst ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 321

    3-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper ope ratio n of the MGX 895 0 switch dep ends on a pro per en vironm ent. Thi s section de scribe s en viron ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 322

    3-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch Vibration Ta b l e 3 - 9 descri bes the Cisco recommendatio ns for vibr ation cond itions. Space Y ou can in stall th e following MGX 895 0 sys ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 323

    3-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch • Air intak e plenum • A C power supply tray (optional) Figur e 3-6 MGX 8950 Sw itch Co mponents The MGX 8950 switc h and com ponen ts fit i ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 324

    3-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch Plan so that th e rack accom modates yo ur needs . An A C-po wered MGX 895 0 switch o ccupies 35 .00 inches (88.9 cm or 20 R Us) of vertic al s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 325

    3-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch An AC-po were d MGX 8950 switch dissipat es up to 14, 300 Btu s (4200 W), and a DC-power ed M GX 8950 switch di ssipates up to 12,3 00 Btus (360 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 326

    3-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch Figur e 3-7 Air Flow Thr ough Intak e and Exh a ust V ents for the MGX 8950 S witch Note Electrical eq uipmen t genera tes heat. Ambient air te ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 327

    3-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch Power Req uirements The sys tem can accep t po wer fro m either an opti onal A C source (A C po wer supp ly tray) or a DC so urce (DC PEM). Ta b ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 328

    3-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch AC Power A C power is suppli ed to the MGX 8950 switch thro ugh the AC power supply tray . AC po we r sources must be ded icated A C branch ci ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 329

    3-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch DC Power DC power is supplie d to t he MG X 8950 swit ch thr ough one or two DC PEM s. Ea ch DC PEM must be connec ted to a de dicate d 100 A re ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 330

    3-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch • SMFXLR-1-9953 24 AXSM -4-622/ B 94.6 • SMFIR-2- 622/B 12 • SMFLR-2-622/B 12 AXSM -4-2488- XG 186 • SMF-4-2 488-SFP 24 AXSM -16-155/ B ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 331

    3-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for t he MGX 8950 Switch Required To ols and Equipme nt Ta b l e 3 - 1 4 list s the tools and e quipme nt th at you nee d to i nstall and remove MGX 89 50 sw itch compon ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 332

    3-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for th e MGX 895 0 Switch Front car d blank f acepla tes, as need ed: • Single-height se rvice module: Cisco Par t Number SINGLE SM-CV R • Doubl e-height se rvice mo ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 333

    3-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Site Requirements for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830 /B Switch This secti on descri bes require men ts for the site wh ere the MGX 8830 or MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 334

    3-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper ope ratio n of the MGX 883 0 switch dep ends on a pro per en vironm ent. Thi s section de scri ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 335

    3-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Seismic Anchoring In orde r for you to sec ure a Cisco-sup plied cabi net, t he hol es in the up per and lower corners accom modate 3 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 336

    3-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch Space Y ou can in stall th e following MGX 883 0 or MGX 8830 /B system compon ents in a ra ck (as shown in Figure 3-9 ): • MGX 88 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 337

    3-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch The M GX 88 30 or MG X 8830 /B swi tch a nd co mponen ts fit i n ei ther a 19- inch (48.26 cm) wide rack or a 23-i nch (58 .42 c m) w ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 338

    3-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch Temperature, Altitude, and Humi dity The sys tem can tol era te a wi de ran ge of te mper atu res. Ta b l e 3 - 1 8 describes the C ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 339

    3-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Enclosed racks must hav e adequate ventil ation. Ensure that th e rack is not ov erly congested , because each un it genera tes heat. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 340

    3-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch AC Power A C po wer so urces must be de dicated A C branch circu its. Each bran ch cir cuit mus t be p rotected by a dedicat ed two ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 341

    3-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch DC power so urce s must b e de dicat ed DC bran ch c ircuits . Ea ch br anch circ uit m ust be protec ted by a dedicated circuit brea ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 342

    3-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch CESM-8 T1/B 29.1 • RJ48- 8T1 3 • R-R J48- 8T1 3 FRSM-2CT3 49 • BNC- 2T3 5 FRSM-2T3E3 30 • BNC -2E3 and BNC- 2E3A 5 • BNC- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 343

    3-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch • MGX-RJ48 -8E1 3 • RJ48- 8E1 3 MPSM-16T1E1 40 • MCC -16-T1E1 -1N 8 • RBBN- 16-T1 E1-1N 8 • RED- 16-T1E1 8 MPSM-T 3E3-155 5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 344

    3-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1.25 • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 RPM- PR-512 45 • MMF-FE 3. 03 • RJ45- 4E/B 1.25 • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 SRM-3T ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 345

    3-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requirem ents for a MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Required To ols and Equipme nt Ta b l e 3 - 2 1 lists the tools and equipment that you need to install and remo ve the MGX 8830 or MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 346

    3-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requireme nts for a MG X 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Switch A C power suppl y tray po wer cable—F o r A C-po wered system s A C po wer c ord f or A C po wer s upply tray , op tiona l for AC ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 347

    3-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Site Requirements for the MGX 8880 Media Ga teway This section describes requirem ents for the site w here the MGX 8880 Me dia Gate way is ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 348

    3-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway Enviro nmental Re quiremen ts Proper o pera tion o f the MGX 8880 M edia G ateway depen ds on a pro per environment . This secti on des ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 349

    3-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Vibration Ta b l e 3 - 2 3 descr ibes the Cisco reco mmenda tions f or vibr ation c onditio ns. Space Y ou can in stall th e following MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 350

    3-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway • Air intak e plenum • A C power supply tray (optional) Figur e 3-1 1 MGX 8880 Me dia Gat ewa y Componen t s The MG X 8880 Med ia G ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 351

    3-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Note In a central off ice (CO) and p ri vate ente rpris e (PE) en vironment, th e total am ount o f rack space shou ld not exceed 42 RUs. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 352

    3-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway Temperature, Altitude, and Humi dity The syste m ca n to lerate a w ide r ange of t emp eratur es . Ta b l e 3 - 2 6 provides the Cisc ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 353

    3-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Figur e 3-12 Air Flow Th rough Intake and Exhaust V ents for the Ci sco MGX 8880 Media G atew ay Note Electrical eq uipmen t genera tes he ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 354

    3-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway Power Req uirements The sys tem can accep t po wer fro m either an opti onal A C source (A C po wer supp ly tray) or a DC so urce (DC P ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 355

    3-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway AC Power A C power is suppl ied to the MG X 8880 Media Gateway through the AC power supply tray . AC po we r source s must be de dicate d ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 356

    3-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway DC Power DC power is supp lied to the M GX 88 80 Media Gateway throu gh one or two DC PE Ms. Each DC PEM must be connected to a dedi ca ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 357

    3-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway • SMFLR-1-622/C 12 AXSM -4-622/ B 94.6 • SMFIR-2- 622/B 12 • SMFLR-2-622/B 12 AXSM -8-155-E 80 • MMF-4 -155/ C 21.3 • SMB-4-155 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 358

    3-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway • RJ45-FE 3.0 3 RPM- XF- 512 85 • MGX-XF-UI 3 • MGX-1O C12POS -IR 13 • MGX-1GE 11 • MGX-2O C12POS -IR 15 • MGX-2GE 13 SRME/ ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 359

    3-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Site Requi rements for the MGX 8880 Media Gateway Required To ols and Equipme nt Ta b l e 3 - 2 9 list s the tool s and eq uipm ent th at you n eed to install and re move MGX 8880 Media G ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 360

    3-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Site Requirem ents fo r the MGX 88 80 Media Ga teway Fan tray po wer cable DC PEM po wer cab le—F or DC-po wered sy stems Option al A C pow er supply tray po wer cable—F or A C-pow ere ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 361

    3-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 Preparing for Ins tallation Rack-Mo unting R equir ements Rack-Mounting Requirement s War ni n g T o prevent bodily injury when mo unting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special precautions to ensure ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 362

    3-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 3 P reparing for Installation Verifying Co ntents If any damage or other sign s of mish andli ng are evident, i nform b oth the lo cal frei ght carri er and Cisc o before unpack ing. Y our freight carrier ca n provide ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 363

    C HA PTER 4-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 4 Planning for Card Redundancy, Line Redundancy, and Bulk Distrib ution This ch apte r descr ibes how to plan for card r edund ancy , line redunda ncy , and bulk distribution on MGX switche s. Th e card redu ndancy fe ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 364

    4-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution AXSM -4-622 AXSM -4-622/ B AXSM -4-2488- XG Standalone Intracard APS N o 1:1 I nter card and in traca rd AP S AXSM -8-155-E Standalone Intracard ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 365

    4-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Card Con figurat ions Planning Standalone and Redundant Card Co nfigurations A PXM ca rd or service m odule ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 366

    4-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning Stan dalone and Redundan t Card Configurat ions Standalon e Card Con figuration Guidelines When a card is ins erted in a swit ch witho u ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 367

    4-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Card Con figurat ions Because th e relati onship be tween PXM and SRM car ds is preco nfigured and cann ot ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 368

    4-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning Stan dalone and Redundan t Card Configurat ions Preconfigure d Redundancy (PXM an d SRM) Cisco MGX 88 50switch es are prec onfigured to ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 369

    4-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Card Con figurat ions Figur e 4-2 MGX 8830 Sw itch w ith Redundant PXM s and SRMs Because the relati onshi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 370

    4-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning Stan dalone and Redundan t Card Configurat ions Configured 1:1 Card Redundancy Configured 1: 1 card redu ndancy ope rates mu ch like 1:1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 371

    4-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing Stan dalone and Redund ant Card Con figurat ions SRM cards support 1:N redundancy in the following modes: • 1:N redundan cy without ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 372

    4-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning Stan dalone and Redundan t Card Configurat ions • When th e second ary c ard is an MPSM -8-T 1E1, th e MPSM -8-T1E 1 can back up the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 373

    4-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • When th e second ary ca rd is an A USM, FRSM, or CESM, a ll cards i n a 1:N ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 374

    4-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Standalone and Redun dant Line Configuratio ns Standalone Card Configur ations When pl anning for a stan dalone l ine o n a standal ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 375

    4-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons Figure 4-5 sh ows how redundant PXM1E cards use a Y -ca ble to conne ct to stan ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 376

    4-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Standalone and Redun dant Line Configuratio ns 1:N Redundant Card Configurations (Excep t RPM) When pl anning for a stan dalone lin ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 377

    4-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • Cabling wor king and protectio n lines so that the role of each line is the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 378

    4-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Standalone and Redun dant Line Configuratio ns Figure 4-8 sh ows how a standalone AXSM con nects to redund ant l ines. Figur e 4-8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 379

    4-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • For VXSM-4-15 5 card s, the work ing line c onnect s to a port on the upp e ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 380

    4-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Standalone and Redun dant Line Configuratio ns Back card and line fault tolerance is pro vided by inter card APS. If the w orking l ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 381

    4-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Plann ing for S tandalo ne and Red undant Line Conf igurati ons • Some serv ice module ba ck card types requir e an APS mini-backp lane to su ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 382

    4-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Bulk Distribu tion Planning for Bulk Distribution Bulk distrib ution is a feature tha t uses an SRM car d to multiple x T1 or E1 tr ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 383

    4-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundan cy, Line Redunda ncy, and B ulk Distribu tion Planning for Advanced Software Features distrib ution is that it enables a switch to use fe wer T3 or OC-3 lines instead of man y T1 or E1 line ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 384

    4-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 4 Planning for Card Redundanc y, Line Redu ndancy, and Bulk Distr ibution Planning for Adv anced So ftware Feature s The advantage of th e IMA feat ure i s th at you do no t nee d T3/ E3 ci rcuits to sup port high b an ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 385

    C HA PTER 5-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 5 Installing the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway This chapte r describes the follo wing installa tion procedures: • Installi ng the MGX 885 0 (PXM1E/ PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 88 80 Media Ga tew ay , page 5 -1 ? ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 386

    5-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way War ni n g Only trained and qualified personnel should be allo wed to install or repl ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 387

    5-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note Using a lift to install a fully loaded MGX 8850 , MGX 8850/B, or MGX 8880 system i ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 388

    5-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Note After complet ing these steps, p roceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Procedu ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 389

    5-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway • The c urrent MGX 88 50 chas sis use a 25-pin connecto r at the pl enum end of the f ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 390

    5-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-1 Color -Coded Slot Id entification on the MGX 8880 MGX 8850 and MGX 8880 I ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 391

    5-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway • Inst all the Lo wer Fan T ray , page 5-20 (MGX 8850 only ) • Install the MG X 8 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 392

    5-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Comple te the following ste ps to a nchor your Ci sco ca binet t o a st ability plat ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 393

    5-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-3 Installing a Cisco Cabi net o ver t he Stabi lity Plat e Step 4 Use four 3/ ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 394

    5-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- suppli ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 395

    5-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-4 F rame Bonding Connec tion in Cisco-Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the conn e ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 396

    5-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the threaded studs . Measure Rack Spac ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 397

    5-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-5 Component Loca tions in a MG X 8850 or MG X 8850/B S ystem 17670 2 R U 1 R ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 398

    5-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-6 Component Loca t ions in a MGX 8880 S ystem Note If you plan to expand y ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 399

    5-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway When you ar e insta lling a MG X 8850, M GX 8850/ B, or MGX 888 0 system in a 23-in ch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 400

    5-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figure 5-8 sh ows a front view of the mounti ng rails. Figur e 5-8 Rack Mounting Dim ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 401

    5-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway —If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, in stall t he stabilizers before ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 402

    5-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-9 Removing an A C P o wer S upply Step 3 T ilt the air in take grille do w ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 403

    5-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Step 2 Position th e A C power supply tray , wh ich occupi es 3 R Us of space , at the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 404

    5-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Install the Air Intake Plenum Com ple te th e fo ll owing ste ps to inst al l the ai ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 405

    5-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Ensure th at the a ir flow directi on arrow on the bac k of the lower fan tray i s poi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 406

    5-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Prepare fo r Installatio n Rev ie w the fol lo wing guidel ines before installation ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 407

    5-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figu re 5-12 Front Card Ex trac tor Lever Step 6 Pull the extrac tor lever(s) to disco ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 408

    5-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Remove the Back Cards from an APS Assembly Complet e the follo wing st eps to remo v ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 409

    5-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway War ni n g Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 410

    5-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Reinst all the APS As sembly Com ple te th e fo llowi ng step s to rein sta ll t he ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 411

    5-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-14 T wo Bac k Cards in the MGX-8850-APS-CON Connec tor Step 4 Position the A ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 412

    5-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Cautio n T o prevent damage t o compo nents on either sid e of a card, suppo rt the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 413

    5-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note T ighten the top and bott om capti ve scr ew s in increments to pre vent misalig ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 414

    5-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Step 4 Position the fr ont card ov er the appropriat e slot and al ign the fron t ca ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 415

    5-31 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Ti p If a compo nent requires more than two scre ws for installation in the rack or ca ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 416

    5-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Install the Upper Fan Tray Com ple te th e fo llowi ng step s to inst al l the upp e ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 417

    5-33 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Note If you are instal ling the exhaust p lenu m in a 19-in ch cab inet, it is f ront- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 418

    5-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-16 DC PEMs Installed Be hind the Air I ntak e Plenum on MGX 8880 Install t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 419

    5-35 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-18 Cable Manag ement Assembly at Back of an MGX 8880 Syst em Note O n an MGX ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 420

    5-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-19 Fan T r ay P owe r Cable Step 2 Use bot h hand s to slip the con nector ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 421

    5-37 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-20 Fan T r ay P owe r Cabling Step 5 Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 with the o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 422

    5-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-21 A C P ow er Supply T ra y Cable Step 2 Use bot h hands to sli p the co ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 423

    5-39 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-22 AC P ower Sup ply T ra y Cabling Step 5 Repeat Step 1 thro ugh St ep 4 wi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 424

    5-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way If you are using A C power , see the “Co nnect the AC Po wer Supply Tray to t he M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 425

    5-41 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-24 DC PEM Cabling Step 5 If you have installed a red undant D C PEM, re peat ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 426

    5-42 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Figur e 5-25 Routing Da ta Cables Connect the Console Po rt The comman d line interf ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 427

    5-43 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway The CP conn ection ca n also be set up through a t erminal server , as show n in Figur ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 428

    5-44 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way War ni n g Do not touch the power supply when the power cord is connected. For sy st ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 429

    5-45 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Figur e 5-28 DC PEM—Rear Vi ew Step 3 Measur e enoug h wire (6 A WG [10 square mm] o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 430

    5-46 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way Step 9 Attac h the othe r end of the w ire from Step 7 to th e DC sourc e. Step 10 R ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 431

    5-47 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing th e MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM45) Switch, MGX 8850/B or MGX 8880 Media Ga teway Connect the MP Connection Note This step is optional. A dial-up con nection exten ds s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 432

    5-48 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PXM 45) Swi tch, MGX 8850 /B or MGX 888 0 Media Gate way A local LAN connec tion exte nds switch management to all workstation s that hav e c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 433

    5-49 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Note Re fer to the app ropria te software con figuration guide for your sw itch and you r releas e to configure general switch feature s. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 434

    5-50 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch The MGX 895 0 switch is shipped in one of two hardware configurati ons: • Open rack— Mod ules and ca rds are shi pped preinst alled ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 435

    5-51 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Note After complet ing these steps, p roceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Procedu re for MGX Swi tches” section on page 5-137 if this ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 436

    5-52 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Installation Pro cedures Cautio n The swi tch should not recei ve po wer while you install c omponents. The follo wing sections detail t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 437

    5-53 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Note Th ese inst ructions ar e spec ific to a Cisco-suppl ied cabi net, but can be us ed for an chorin g a Cisco-suppl ied r ack. If you a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 438

    5-54 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-33 Installing a Cisco Cabi net o ver the Stability Plat e Step 4 Use four 3/8 x 1 inch anc horing bolts (user - provid ed) to ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 439

    5-55 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- supplie d rack has two pairs of gr ounding studs l ocated at ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 440

    5-56 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-34 Fr ame Bonding Connec tion in Cisco-Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the conn ector that t ermin ates the grou nding condu ctor ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 441

    5-57 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the threaded studs . Measure Rack Space Before yo u install the MGX 8950 swi tch and its rel ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 442

    5-58 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-35 Component Loca tions in a MGX 8950 Syst em Note If you plan to expand you r system to include more switches in the f uture, ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 443

    5-59 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch • Cisco ca binet configuratio n—Th e switc h an d hardware com ponen ts (opt ional AC power supply tray , air int ake plen um, uppe r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 444

    5-60 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figure 5-37 sho ws a fr ont vi e w of t he mou nting r ails. Figur e 5-37 Rack Mounting Dimensi ons—Fr ont View Ti p If a compo nent r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 445

    5-61 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch —If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, in stall t he stabilizers before mounting or servicing the unit in the rack. Statemen ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 446

    5-62 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-38 Removing an AC P ow er Supply Step 3 T ilt the air in take grille do wn to about a 45-de gree angle, lif t it ou t, and set ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 447

    5-63 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 2 Position th e A C power supply tray , wh ich occupi es 3 R Us of space , at the bott om of the co nfigurati on or rack. Step 3 Use ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 448

    5-64 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Install the Air Intake Plenum Com ple te th e fo ll owing ste ps to inst al l the ai r int ake pl en um . Ti p If a compo nent requires ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 449

    5-65 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Ensure th at the a ir flow directi on arrow on the bac k of the lower fan tray i s point ing up, as shown in Figure 5-40 . Figu re 5-40 Lo ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 450

    5-66 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Prepare fo r Installatio n Rev ie w the fol lo wing guidel ines before installation be gins: • Before remo ving any cards, m odules, o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 451

    5-67 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figu re 5-41 Front Card Ex trac tor Lever Step 6 Pull the extrac tor lever(s) to discon nect the fr ont card fr om t he mi dplane . Step 7 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 452

    5-68 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Cautio n An APS assembly consist s of two optic al AXSM back card s, a primary car d and a secondar y card, whic h are co nnected by an ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 453

    5-69 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch War ni n g T wo people are required to lift the chassi s. Grasp the chassis underneath the lower edge and lift with both hands. T o preven ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 454

    5-70 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Step 1 Place th e edge of the back card in th e al ignment sl ot of the APS c o nnector (see Ta b l e 1 - 6 f or part numbers) . Use the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 455

    5-71 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-43 T wo Back Car ds in the MGX-APS-CON -8950Connec tor Step 4 Position the APS assembly in the approp riate card slots. Note T h ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 456

    5-72 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Cautio n T o p revent damage t o com ponen ts on the bot tom si de of a car d, suppor t the facep late an d keep the card le vel while s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 457

    5-73 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 8 Repeat Step 2 through Step 7 for each back card that y ou are r einstalling in the ch assis. Step 9 Install b lank fa ceplates ove ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 458

    5-74 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Note Some cards hav e an “insertion delay latch” that need s to be raised before closing the e xtractor le ver . Step 8 Repeat Step ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 459

    5-75 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch War ni n g Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. These handles ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 460

    5-76 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Install the Upper Fan Tray Com ple te th e fo llowi ng step s to inst al l the upp er fa n tra y . Ti p If a compo nent requires more th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 461

    5-77 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 4 If you a re insta lling the exhaus t plenum in a 19-inc h cabinet , attach the re ar- mounting b rackets t o the rack, and use scre ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 462

    5-78 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Install the Cable Management Assembly The ca ble m anagem ent a ssembly consist s of two ident ical, horiz ontal c able manage rs, two m ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 463

    5-79 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-46 F an P owe r Cable Complete t he follo wing steps to co nnect the f an power cabling : Step 1 Inser t the male con nector of ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 464

    5-80 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-47 F an P owe r Connections ( AC-P ow ered N ode Sho wn) Connect the AC Power Supply Tray to the MGX 8950 Switch A system po w ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 465

    5-81 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Fig ure 5-4 8 Inte rconn ec t Ca ble for AC The shr ouds on the A C cables and the recep tacles o n the card cag e and po wer trays are ke ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 466

    5-82 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Perform th e follo wing proced ure to i nstall the i n terconnect connections fo r an A C-Po wered Cisco MGX 8950 sw itch with a redund ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 467

    5-83 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figure 5-49 shows the A C Inter connect Cable Con nection s for Power Supply A (PSA) in T r ay #1 and Po wer Supply B (PSB) in T ray #2. F ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 468

    5-84 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-50 Inter c onnect P ower Con nections for A C Connect the DC PEM to the MGX 8950 Switch A syste m power ca ble c arrie s –48 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 469

    5-85 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figu re 5-51 Cab le A ssem bly for System Po wer Cautio n The conn ector s on the DC cabl es are keyed to ensur e prope r cabli ng to the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 470

    5-86 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Step 3 Route the cab le outside the cable man agement brack ets, then insert the other end of the cable labeled “PEM 1 J1” into the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 471

    5-87 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figure 5-52 shows the I nterc onnect Cable C onnect ions for Power Supply A (PSA) i n DC PEM Asse mbly (ASM) #2 and Po wer Supply B (PSB) ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 472

    5-88 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-53 Po wer Inte rconne ct Connections for DC Connect the Back Cards Connec t the in terf aces f rom the back c ards to the app ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 473

    5-89 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-54 Routing Da ta Cables Connect the Console Po rt The comman d line interf ace (CLI) m anagement tool a llo ws you to conf igure ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 474

    5-90 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch The CP conn ection ca n also be set up through a t erminal server , as show n in Figure 5-56 . Figur e 5-56 T ermin al Serve r Connectio ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 475

    5-91 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch War ni n g Do not touch the power supply when the power cord is connected. For sy stems with a power switch, line voltages are present wit ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 476

    5-92 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Figur e 5-59 AC P ow er Supply T ra y Cable (Int er national) Step 2 T wist the p lug clockwise to secur e. Step 3 Loosen the nut on the ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 477

    5-93 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Figur e 5-60 AC P ower Con nections (wi th r edundant po wer supply) Connect D C Power to the Switch Complete t he follo wing steps to con ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 478

    5-94 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch Step 2 Use a Ph illips-head sc re wdriv er to remo ve t he two scre ws that ho ld the p lastic co ver ov er the terminal block on the DC ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 479

    5-95 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Step 11 Attach the end of the wire (from Step 10 ) with t he ri ng or space lug to th e –4 8 VDC, as sh own in Figure 5-62 . Step 12 Att ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 480

    5-96 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Instal ling t he M GX 89 50 S witch A dial-up con nection exten ds switch management to all work stations that ha ve access to the public switched telepho ne network (PSTN) ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 481

    5-97 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Instal ling the MGX 8950 S witch Connect th e LAN 1 port on t he PXM-U I-S3 or PXM-UI -S3/B to a hub or router . This hub or router i s connect ed to a wor kstation, as sh ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 482

    5-98 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Note Re fer to the app ropria te software con figuration guide for your sw itch and you r release t o configure general swit ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 483

    5-99 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Installation Checklist When you i nstall a MGX 8830 syste m, be sur e that yo u follow the in stallat ion proce dures in the p ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 484

    5-100 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Note After complet ing these steps, p roceed to the “First T ime Po wer On Procedu re for MGX Swi tches” section on pag ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 485

    5-101 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Installation Pro cedures Cautio n The switc h should not receive po w er while you install the comp onents. The fol lo wing s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 486

    5-102 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Figur e 5-65 MGX 8830 Stabi lity Plat e Dime nsions Step 2 Use fo ur 3/ 8 x 1 inch anch oring b olt s (user-provide d) to a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 487

    5-103 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-66 Installing a Cisco Cabi net o ver the Stability Plat e Step 4 Use four 3/8 x 1 inch anc horing bolts (user - pro ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 488

    5-104 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Ground the Frame Bonding Ground Connection for a Cisco-Supplied Rack A Cisco- supplie d rack has two pairs of gr ounding st ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 489

    5-105 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-67 Fr ame Bonding Connec tion in Cisco-Supplied Rac k Step 2 Place the conn ector that t ermin ates the grou nding ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 490

    5-106 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Step 4 Use a wrench t o tigh ten a n ut ont o the threaded studs . Measure Rack Space Before yo u install the MGX 8830 swi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 491

    5-107 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Prepare for Rack Installatio n The minim um distan ce betw een lef t and right moun ting rail s (as you face the rack) must b ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 492

    5-108 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch War ni n g T o prevent bodily injury when mo unting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special precautions to ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 493

    5-109 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Install the AC Power Supply Tr ay(s) Com ple te th e fo llowi ng s te ps to i nst al l t he AC power su ppl y tra y(s ). Note ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 494

    5-110 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch • “Re mov e the Back Ca rds from an APS Assemb ly” s ectio n on page 5 -111 • “Re mov e the DC PEM( s)” secti o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 495

    5-111 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figu re 5-70 Front Card Ex trac tor Lever Step 6 Pull the extrac tor lever(s) to discon nect the fr ont card fr om t he mi dp ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 496

    5-112 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Cautio n A rock ing mot ion d uring connec tor m ating can be nd or d amag e the A PS con nector p ins. Step 1 Remo ve on e ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 497

    5-113 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch War ni n g Never attempt to lift the chassis with the handles on the power suppli es, fan tray s, or the switching modules. T ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 498

    5-114 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Reinst all the APS As sembly Com ple te th e fo llowi ng step s to rein sta ll t he APS a sse mb ly . Note If you are not i ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 499

    5-115 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-72 T wo Bac k Cards in the MGX8830-APS-CON Connec tor Step 4 Position the APS assembly in the approp riate card slo ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 500

    5-116 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Cautio n T o p revent damage t o com ponen ts on the bot tom si de of a car d, suppor t the facep late an d keep the card l ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 501

    5-117 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Step 9 Install b lank fa ceplates ove r any empty slots. Reinst all the DC PEM(s) Com ple te th e fo ll owing ste ps to rei n ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 502

    5-118 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Step 2 See the “General Car d Insta llation G uidel ines” secti on on pa ge 3-8 t o veri fy th at th ere are n o b ent ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 503

    5-119 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Ti p If th e scre w holes on the card cage are not aligne d with the holes on the frame, p lace a flat- blade scre wdri ve r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 504

    5-120 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Figure 5-73 shows the m id-moun ting bra ckets atta ched to the swi tch for a 19-inc h rack . Figur e 5-73 Fr ont View with ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 505

    5-121 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Step 2 Use a lif t to raise the switch to the d esired position. Step 3 Place two spacers (a bout 0.06 0 inch [1/ 16 inch] th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 506

    5-122 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Step 6 Use the 10-32 truss head scre ws to secure t he switch to the rea r-mountin g brack ets. Install the Cable Managemen ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 507

    5-123 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch If you are using A C power , com plete t he following st eps to conn ect the AC po wer s upply tray to th e MGX 8830 swi tch. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 508

    5-124 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Step 6 Repeat Step 1 through Step 5 with the o ther AC power suppl y cab le to con nect t he secon d AC power supply . Note ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 509

    5-125 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-78 Wo rk station Connec tion to the Console P ort T able 5-8 T ermin al Set tings Setting Va lue Baud rate 9600 bp ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 510

    5-126 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch The CP conn ection ca n also be set up through a t erminal server , as show n in Figure 5-79 . Figur e 5-79 T ermin al Serv ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 511

    5-127 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Connect A C Power to the Switch Complete the follo wing steps to connect A C po wer to the switch. Note The A C po wer r ecep ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 512

    5-128 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Figur e 5-80 Rear Vi ew of the MGX 8830 w ith T w o DC PEMs Ins talled Note Depending on yo ur order, there will be e ither ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 513

    5-129 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Figur e 5-82 Po laritie s at the M G X 8830 PE M Pluggable T er minal Block Step 4 Locat e the wiri ng blo ck fo r TB1 . Figu ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 514

    5-130 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Step 8 If you have a redundant DC PEM i nstalled in y our MG X 8830, repea t Step 1 thr ough Step 7 for th e second DC PEM. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 515

    5-131 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the MGX 8830 or MGX 8830/B Switch Connect the MP Connection Note This step is optional. A dial-up con nection exten ds switch management to all work stations t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 516

    5-132 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the MGX 8830 or MGX 88 30/B Swi tch Connect the LAN1/2 Ports Note This step is optional. A local LAN connec tion exte nds switch management to all workstation ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 517

    5-133 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the Ferrite Bead on the PXM-UI-S3/B Card Step 1 If your switch has a n (o ptional ) front door, verify that t he door is insta lled an d close d and that each ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 518

    5-134 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the Ferr ite Bead on the PXM-UI -S3/B Card Step 3 Snap t he ferri te bead c losed b y pressing each half togeth er until each of the th ree locking mechanisms ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 519

    5-135 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway Installing the Ferrite Bead on Ribbon Connectors Figur e 5-88 Snap the Fer r ite Bead Clo sed on the Ca ble Leading t o the PXM-UI-S3/B Bac k Card Installing the Fe rrite ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 520

    5-136 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng the Ferr ite Bead on Ribbon Conne ctors If the fe rrite bead is closed, pla ce the bead on a flat surf ace. a. Insert a small flat- blade scre wdri ver in to t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 521

    5-137 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway First Time Power On Procedu re for MGX Switches First Time Power On Proce dure for MGX Switches This proce dure desc ribes ho w to bring up th e follo wing MGX chassis f ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 522

    5-138 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Pow er On Procedur e for MGX Swit ches General Pow er On Seque nce and C hecko ut The gene ral proc edure includ es these st eps: 1. Install the MGX cha ssis (i ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 523

    5-139 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 Installing the Cisco M GX Switch or G ateway First Time Power On Procedu re for MGX Switches Step 5 Insert i n the ba ck cards a nd cons ole port cable for the pr imary PX M contr oller ca rd. For exampl e, on an MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 524

    5-140 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 5 In stalling the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway First Time Pow er On Procedur e for MGX Swit ches Top Fan Tray 7 >= 2000 RPM 3504 Normal Top Fan Tray 8 >= 2000 RPM 3450 Normal Top Fan Tray 9 >= 2000 RPM 3468 No ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 525

    C HA PTER 6-1 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 6 Maintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway This c hapter contai ns mai ntenan ce pro cedures for the Cisco MG X 8850 (PXM 1E/PXM 45), Ci sco MGX 885 0/B, Cisco MG X 8950, Cis co MGX 8830, Ci sco MG X 8830 /B swi tc ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 526

    6-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Swapping a Pri mary or Red undant DC Po wer Entry Mod ule with Pow er On Swapping a Primary or Re dundant DC Power Entry Module with Power On If necessar y , you can repl a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 527

    6-3 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Swapping a Primary or Redundant DC Power Entry Module with Pow er On Figur e 6-1 DC PEM F aceplate Step 6 Disconne ct DC source wires at the wir ing termi nal blocks on t ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 528

    6-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Instal ling t he Dou ble-Hei ght Fro nt Ca rds • T o al ign the pi ns of th e bac kplane and ca ble pins, move the cabl e con nector sl ightly u p and d own ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 529

    6-5 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Double-Height Front Cards Cautio n When ex tracting a front card , keep the c ard le vel until it is c ompletely e xtract ed from the ch assis ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 530

    6-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Instal ling t he Dou ble-Hei ght Fro nt Ca rds Step 2 Push do wn on the plastic le ver . Figu re 6-3 H ow to Open a Card’ s L atch or Extrac tor Le ver Step ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 531

    6-7 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Double-Height Front Cards Install the Double-Height Front Cards Complete the following steps to insta ll double -height fr ont cards in the c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 532

    6-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Installi ng the Sing le-Height Front Cards Removing and Installing the Single-Height Front Cards The fo llowing sections describe how to remove and install a s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 533

    6-9 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Back Cards Step 5 Gently pul l the front card out of the card cage. K eep the front card le vel and mak e sure that it does not hit the one be ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 534

    6-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Instal ling t he Bac k Card s Cautio n Proper ESD prote ction is r equire d whenever you ha ndle Cisco equi pment. Install ation and maint enance personne l s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 535

    6-11 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Removing and Installing the Back Cards Step 5 Pull e ve nly on the two ex tractor le vers to remo ve th e back card from the car d cage. Step 6 Either replac e the back ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 536

    6-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing and Ins talling Bac k Card Tran sceivers Removing and Installing Ba ck Card Transceivers The fol lo wing sections describe ho w to remo ve and insta ll a back car ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 537

    6-13 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Replaci ng the Air Intak e Plenu m Filter Step 4 While pr essing t he pink extractio n ring a gainst th e bac k card, gently p ull th e tran sceiver aw ay f rom the back ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 538

    6-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing the Center Guide Modul es The MGX 885 0 (PXM1 E/PXM4 5), MGX 8850/B and MGX 8950 switch each use a stand ard plen um. Starting Ma y 2003, with MGX R elease 4, th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 539

    6-15 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Remov ing t he Ce nter G uid e Mo dule s If a ce nter g uide module is rem oved from th e re ar and o ne dou ble- height b ack c ard is instal led, install a double -hei ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 540

    6-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Removing the Center Guide Modul es Figur e 6-8 Remov al of the Cent er Guide Module Step 4 Carefully pu sh the vertical suppor t bracket straight d ownw ard a pproximately ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 541

    6-17 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Connec ting the Ba ck Cards to th e APS Connector Figur e 6-9 Guide Module Supp ort Brac ket Step 6 Slide th e cente r guide module carefu lly from th e ca rd cage. Step ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 542

    6-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Connecting t he Back Cards to the APS Connec tor Figur e 6-1 0 Connecting t he Bac k Card t o the APS Con nector (MGX 883 0 Example) Step 3 Carefully in stall the back car ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 543

    6-19 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Installing the APS Assembly in the Switch Figur e 6-1 1 Tw o Bac k Car ds Insta lled in the APS Co nnector (MGX 88 30 Example) Installing the APS Asse mbly in the Switch ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 544

    6-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installing the APS Assem bly in the Swit ch Figur e 6-12 Removing the F iller Bar (MGX 8830 ) Step 4 Connect a gro undin g strap to the ESD groundi ng jack or to th e equi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 545

    6-21 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Rem oving the B ack Cards from an AP S As semb ly Removing the Back Cards fro m an APS Assembly Complet e the follo wing st eps to remo ve back cards from an APS as semb ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 546

    6-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Remov ing Redund ancy Con nector s Installing or Removing Redundan cy Connectors Redunda ncy connec tors (R CON) p rovide 1:N redu ndancy for MPSM -16-T1E1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 547

    6-23 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Install ing or R emoving Re dundancy Connect ors Step 4 Place th e RCON assembly o ver th e RCON moun ting bar , positioning the R CON alignme nt flange o ver the top ed ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 548

    6-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Remov ing Redund ancy Con nector s Step 8 Restore p ower to the MG X 8850/ B. Installing MGX 8830/B Redundancy Connectors War ni n g Y ou must remove power ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 549

    6-25 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Install ing or R emoving Re dundancy Connect ors Step 4 Remove the three filler b ars bet ween slots 3 thro ugh 6 on ri ght ba y (See Figur e 6-14 ), or sl ots 10 thr ou ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 550

    6-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng or Remov ing Redund ancy Con nector s Step 5 Place th e RCON assembly o ver th e RCON mountin g bar , positioning the RCON alignmen t flange o ver the right of ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 551

    6-27 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Installing and Removing the AXSM-XG Extender Connector Removin g Redu ndanc y Conn ectors War ni n g Remove power from the MGX 8850/B or MGX 8830 /B switch before removi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 552

    6-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng and Rem oving t he AXSM -XG Ext ender Connector Figur e 6-16 MGX8950-E XTDR-CON Install ation Step 4 Insert th e mount ing screws, wi th lock washers, fr om th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 553

    6-29 Cisco MGX 8800/89 00 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 Maintaining th e Cisco MGX Swi tch or Gatew ay Installing and Removing the AXSM-XG Extender Connector Figur e 6-17 MGX8950-EXTDR -CON Assembly Step 5 T i ghten the f our m ounting s crews. Removin g the Ex tender C o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 554

    6-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Chapter 6 M aintaining the Cisco MGX Switch or Gateway Installi ng and Rem oving t he AXSM -XG Ext ender Connector Step 3 Sa ve the ex tend er conn ector and hardwa re for possi ble fu ture us e with MG X 8950 sw itche s. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 555

    A- 1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX A Front Card Specifications This append ix provides tec hnical spe cifications for ca rds used in Cisco MGX 8950, Cisco MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PX M45), Cisco M GX 8 850/B, C isco M GX 883 0 an d Cisco MGX 883 0/B s witches ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 556

    A- 2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Single-Hei ght Service Mo dule Spe cificatio ns Single-Height Service Module Specifications Ta b l e A - 1 lists t he physical spec ifications for the fol lowing single-height ser vice modules: • AU S M s • CESMs ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 557

    A-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix PXM1E Sp ecifications PXM1E Specifications Ta b l e A - 3 list s the phys ical and tec hnical spe cifications for the PXM1 E, the use r interface back car d, and th e NNI /UNI back ca rd. T able A -2 Double-Height Se ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 558

    A- 4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix PXM1E Sp ecifica tions Proce ssor clock s peed an d memory specific s Clock speed: 350 MH z int ernal, 100 M Hz external Fla sh memo ry: 2 MB DRAM: 25 6 MB T ertiary ca che: 2 MB Extern al L3 cache : 2 MB Seconda ry c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 559

    A-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix PXM45 Sp ecificat ions PXM45 Specifications Ta b l e A - 4 l ists the physica l and tech nical specificati ons for the PXM45 , the us er inter face bac k card , and the PXM-HD back card. Pow er –48 VDC Maximu m pow ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 560

    A- 6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix PXM45 Spec ification s Proce ssor clock s peed an d memory specific s Clock speed: 35 0 MH z int ernal , 10 0 MHz ext ernal Flash memory : 2 MB DRAM: 2 56 MB • PXM45, i ntroduc ed Oc tober 20 00, w ith MG X Release ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 561

    A-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix RPM-PR Specif icati ons RPM-PR Specifications Ta b l e A - 5 lists t he physical spec ifications for the RPM-PRs. Mainte nanc e and ser vicea bilit y • Internal iso lation loopback (m anaged b y the softw are) • ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 562

    A- 8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix RPM-XF Speci fications RPM-XF Specifications Ta b l e A - 6 lists t he physical spec ifications for the RPM-XF s. SRM Specifications Ta b l e A - 7 list s the physica l specifications for the SRMs. T able A -6 RPM-XF ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 563

    A-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix SRM Sp ecifi cations W ei ght for SRMs 1.74 lb (0.79 kg) W ei ght for back card s Ca rd-depe ndent Exter nal int erf aces Back ca rd depe ndent Power –48 VDC Maximu m power consum ption See Ta b l e 3 - 6 for MGX 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 564

    A-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix SRM S pecifications ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 565

    B-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX B Cable Specifications This a ppendix pr ovides ca ble requ irement s and pi n assig nments fo r cabl es used with Cisc o MGX 8850 (PXM1E/PX M45), Cisco M GX 8 850/B, C isco M GX 895 0, Cisco MGX 8 830 a nd Cisc o MGX ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 566

    B-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Notes ab out Cables and Conne ctors Cable and Conn ector Namin g Conv entions The suffix to the model num ber indi cate s the length of the cabl e. For example, 5610-50 indica tes a 50-foot ca ble. Sometimes the suf fi ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 567

    B-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cab ling Standard Cisco MGX 89 50 Cab les The stan dard cabl es that Cisco can supply for th e Cisco MG X 8950 syste m appear in Ta b l e B - 2 . Control and Clock Ca bling This sect ion descri be ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 568

    B-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling Note Th e PXM- UI-S3 /B user inte rface c ard doe s not h ave a maint enanc e port . Procedure to Co nnect a Modem to the Maintenance Por t Ta b l e B - 3 lists c able info rmation for m aint ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 569

    B-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cab ling Null Modem Cable Figure B-1 shows a null m odem cable t hat is used for conn ecting m odem s to th e con trol o r main tenance ports on the PXM-U I-S3 and PXM -UI-S3/B U ser Inte rface Ca ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 570

    B-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling The PX M-UI-S3 or PX M-UI-S 3/B ca rds go into sl ots 1 a nd 2 for th e MGX 8830 a nd M GX 88 30/B switch es. For redun dancy whe re o ne u ser i nterfac e bac k ca rd is p res ent, conne ct ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 571

    B-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Contr ol and Cloc k Cab ling Note Make sure tha t the 100-o hm termination is selected when you conf igure th e clocks fo r T1. Y ou need to connec t only the R X Ring , th e RX Tip, and the G round (pins 4, 5, and 6 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 572

    B-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Control and Clo ck Cabling Figur e B-2 Optional RJ-45 to Wire-w rap Note Th e eigh t pi ns of th e ad apter are marked and h ave a one-to- one cor rel ation to the eight line s on t he R J-45 conn ector . When you inst ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 573

    B-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Externa l Alarm Cabling Step 3 Use a wir e-wra pping tool to wr ap the sh ield dr ain wir e to the ground pin (pin 3 or 6) of the ada pter . The shield drai n wire is the bare wire sho wn in Figure B-5 . Figur e B-5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 574

    B-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix External Alarm Cabling Alarm Connector Pin Assignments Ta b l e B - 8 de scribe s the Alarm connecto r pin a s signme nts for the d iff erent M GX multis ervice s witches . Connector Pin Functions for Audi o and Visua ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 575

    B-11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Power C abling Pin States for Each Alarm State Ta b l e B - 1 0 summ arize s whic h pins a re o pen ( open circ uit) and whi ch pi ns are c losed (short c ircuit ) for each a larm s tate. Power Cabling This secti on ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 576

    B-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Power Cablin g AC Power Cablin g—MGX 8850 (P XM1E /PXM 45), MGX 88 50/B an d MGX 8 880 W e provid e a 6-foo t (1.8-me te r) A C power cord for an A C-powered system. This AC po w er co rd is av ailable for the f oll ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 577

    B-13 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Power C abling DC Power Cabling Ta b l e B - 1 3 list s DC power cabl e and conn ector recom menda tions for ea ch MG X swi tch an d medi a gate way system. T y pically , Cisco does not provide powe r cabling for DC ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 578

    B-14 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Redundanc y Y-Cable DC Power Connecti ons For the MGX 8850 (PX M1E/PX M45), MG X 8850/B , MGX 8950 , and MGX 8880 systems, DC po wer connec tions a re made t o the termi nal bloc k on the ba ck o f th e DC power ent r ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 579

    B-15 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Redun dan cy Y-C abl e Y Cables fo r MGX 8 950 Ta b l e B - 1 5 lists the Y -cables used with various Cisco MGX 8950 cards. PXM-UI-S3 PXM-UI-S3/B RJ-45 E1 BITS clock CAB-5686-04 x PXM-UI-S3 PXM-UI-S3/B RJ-45 E1 BITS ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 580

    B-16 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Trunk Ca bling Trunk Cabling This sect ion provide s informa tion ab out T3 and E3 trunk cabl ing . T3 Trunk Ca bling A trunk cable conne cts each T3 port on the SMB-8T3 back card to a T3 port on the col oca ted MGX 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 581

    B-17 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Relay C abling See Ta b l e B - 1 9 f or detai ls on SM B pin functi ons. Frame Relay Cabling This secti on descri bes the ca bling and connec tor pin ass ignments fo r the Fra me Relay ca rds. Note Th e Frame ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 582

    B-18 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling See Ta b l e B - 2 1 for pin assi gnme nts for the RJ-4 8C T1 and E1 connector . Note T ransmit direction is to ward the T1 trunk. See Figure B-7 for an RJ-48 co nnecto r schemati c. Figur e B-7 R ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 583

    B-19 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Relay C abling E1 Cabling E1 trunk cable s conne ct th e custom er D SX-1 c ross-conne ct po int or E1 CSU t o the M GX swit ch at t he FRSM E1 ba ck card (SMB -8E1 ). See Ta b l e B - 2 2 for E1 trunk cable a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 584

    B-20 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Frame Rela y Cabling T able B-25 V .35 Signals Acro nym Signa l Nam e Signal Sour ce RT S R e q u e s t t o S e n d D T E DTR Data T erminal Ready DTE CTS Clear T o Send DCE DSR Data Set Ready DCE DCD Data Car rier De ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 585

    B-21 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Frame Relay C abling Each ca ble ca n ha ve a mal e or female connec tor at the f ar end. Al so, the a v ailabl e clock so urces depe nd on the mode: • In DTE mode, the c lock source is e ither line or ST (ST is a ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 586

    B-22 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide MGX-SCS I2-2HSSI/B Port Co nnectors The Hig h-Speed Ser ial Int erface (HSSI) port conn ects through a fe male SCSI-II connec tor Thi s connect or complies with specif ications i n ANSI/TIA/E I ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 587

    B-23 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide List of Cable s by F ront and B ack Ca rd Type Ta b l e B - 3 0 list s ca bles by front and b ack card t ypes. The t able incl udes Y - cable s, 1: 1 ca bles, adap tor cables , and sp ecial c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 588

    B-24 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide PXM 1 E- 8- T3 E3 PXM - UI - S3 / B D B 15( M) t o D B 15( F) Y ca b l e 10' RJ 4 8 ( M) t o RJ 4 8 ( F) Y c abl e 4" RJ 4 8 ( M) t o RJ 4 8 ( F) Y c abl e 6" SS( M) t o 3xR J 48 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 589

    B-25 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide PXM 1 E- T3 E 3 - 1 5 5 PXM - UI - S3 / B D B 15( M) t o D B 15( F) Y ca b l e 10' RJ 4 8 ( M) t o RJ 4 8 ( F) Y c abl e 4" RJ 4 8 ( M) t o RJ 4 8 ( F) Y c abl e 6" SS( M) t o ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 590

    B-26 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM - 1- 2488 S M F S R - 1- 2488 SM F L R - 1- 2488 SM F XL R - 1- 2488 AXSM - 1- 2488/ BS M F S R - 1- 2 488/ BM G X - APS- CO N MGX - 88 50- APS- CO N SM F L R - 1- 2488/ BM G X - APS- CO N ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 591

    B-27 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM - 16- 155 M M F - 8- 155- MT MG X - APS- CO N MGX - 88 50- APS- CO N MT R J t o SC MM dupl ex ca b l e 3m MT R J t o SC MM dupl ex ca b l e 5m C AB- MT R J - SC - MM- 3 M C AB- MT R J - ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 592

    B-28 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM - 16- T 3 E3 SM B- 8- T 3 SM B( M) t o B NC( F) Y ca b l e si m- pl ex 6" SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 593

    B-29 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM - 16- T3 E 3 / BS M B - 8- T3 SM B( M) t o B NC( F) Y ca b l e si m- pl ex 6" SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 594

    B-30 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AXSM - 16- T3 E 3 - ES M B - 8- T3 SM B( M) t o BNC( F) Y ca bl e si m- pl ex 6" SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 595

    B-31 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide FR S M - 12- T 3 E3 SM B- 6- T 3 E3 SM B( M) t o B NC( F) Y ca b l e si m- pl ex 6" SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 596

    B-32 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide MG X - S R ME MG X - SM F I R- 1- 155 M G X - 8850- APS- CO N SM F SC t o SM F SC Y ca b l e si mp l ex C AB- SM F - Y- SC MG X - ST M 1 - EL - 1M G X - APS- CO N MGX - 88 50- APS- CO N SM B( M ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 597

    B-33 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide AX- CE SM - 8 E1 AX- SM B- 8E 1 S M B ( M) t o B NC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" B und l e of 6x C AB- T3 E 3 - PL - ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 598

    B-34 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide AX- FR S M - 8E 1- C AX- SM B- 8E 1 S M B ( M) t o B NC( F) si mp l ex 6" SM B( M) t o SM B( M) si mp l ex 6' SM B( M) t o BNC( F) si mp l ex 6" B und l e of 6x C AB- T3 E 3 - PL ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 599

    B-35 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide List of Cables Illustrated in this Appendix Ta b l e B - 3 1 lists the cables that are illustra ted in the remainder of this appendix . Cables appear in alphabe tical or der . The number of c ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 600

    B-36 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB- MMF- LC Figur e B-8 CAB-MMF -LC (Multimode LC Cable ) (72-37 42-0 1) CAB- MMF- LC-Y Figur e B-9 CAB-MMF -LC-Y (72-381 1 -0 1) Cable CAB-RBB N-16-T1E1 The CAB -RBBN- 16-T1 E1 cable is used ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 601

    B-37 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-RBBN-16T1E1-Y The CA B-RBBN-1 6T1E1-Y cable is u sed on the RBBN -16-T1E 1 ba ck card. Y ou ne ed two cable s per back car d, one T X and one R X. Figur e B-1 1 CAB-RBBN-16T1E1 -Y Cable C ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 602

    B-38 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-SMFIR -LC Figu re B-12 CAB-S MFIR -LC (72- 1932- 0 1 ) Ca ble Line 7 – t ip ring 12 30 32 7 Line 8 – t ip ring 11 29 33 8 Line 9 – t ip ring 8 26 34 9 Line 10 – tip ring 7 25 35 10 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 603

    B-39 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Illustrated Cable Guide CAB-SMFIR -LC-Y Figur e B-13 CAB-SMFIR-LC-Y (72-1 931 -01 ) Cable CAB-SMFLR- LC See Fi gur e B-12 on page B-38 . CAB-SMFLR- LC-Y See Fi gur e B-13 on page B-39 . 116421 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 604

    B-40 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Illustrated Cable Guide ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 605

    C-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX C Earthing and Bon ding Recommendations Note Th is appe ndix appl ies to the Cisc o MGX switc hes and gateways described in th is guide : MGX 8850 (PXM45/PX M1E), M GX 8850 /B, MG X 8950, M GX 8830 and MGX 8830/B mu l ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 606

    C-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix EC [3] De finitions • Required values of volta ge and resistan ce b etween different CB N bondi ng po ints EC [3] Definitions The fo llowing de finitions ap ply to te rminology found in I EC 50 [3]: Earth The co nduc ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 607

    C-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix EC [3] Definitions K.27 Definitions The fo llowing definitions ap ply to termin ology fou nd in K.27: Bonding netwo rk (BN) A set of interconn ected conduct iv e structures that prov ide an elect romagne tic shi eld ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 608

    C-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix EC [3] De finitions Mesh-IB N A type of IBN in wh ich the comp onents o f the I BN (equ ipment fram es) ar e inter conne cted to form a me sh-l ike stru ctur e. This may , for example, be achi eved by mult ipl e in ter ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 609

    C-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding Networks Figure C-1 shows examples o f star and mesh to pologies. Figur e C-1 Star and M esh T opology Exampl es Bonding Netwo rks Bonding a nd earthi ng are acco mplish ed through th e constr uction an d mai ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 610

    C-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g Network s The purpos e of a BN i s to shiel d pe ople a nd e quip ment f rom t he adverse effects of elec troma gneti c energy from DC to low RF range. Ligh tning an d both AC and DC power faults are t he ener ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 611

    C-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding Networks Equipm ent bac kplane speeds are in the category ab ove 800 MHz. Beca use the de sign must antici pate the wor st cas e scenar io, co ncern s about RF damag e are much great er . At 8 00 MHz only 10 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 612

    C-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cis co MGX System 6. The co upling of su rges into indo or signa l or power cabli ng is r educe d, in genera l, by run ning the cables in close prox imity to CBN elem ents. Ho wev er , in th ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 613

    C-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding a nd Groundin g the Cisc o MGX System Except for the AC po we r supply modu les, every module in a rack -mount system use s the rack fo r groundi ng. The refore , the rack must c onne ct to p rotect iv e ear ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 614

    C-10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cis co MGX System Figur e C-2 Mix ed Ground ing Sys te m T able C-1 Ground P oint Descr iptions f or Mix ed Gr ounding Connection Description Z1 –48 VDC retu rn. Z2 Protective earth o r s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 615

    C-11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Append ix Bonding a nd Groundin g the Cisc o MGX System As Figure C-2 shows, the non-i solated system has a 48-VDC return that internally connects to the backpl ane. ( Thi s design calls for a hard-w ired return and so does n ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 616

    C-12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix Bondin g and Ground ing the Cis co MGX System Note Ta b l e C - 3 is for re fer ence, it is r ecom mended that you u se 6 gauge or g reater . 70 A 6 gauge 4 gauge 2 gauge 1 gau ge 00 gauge 000 gau ge — 75 A 6 gauge ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 617

    D- 1 Cisco MGX 8800/8 900 Series Hardware Installation Gui de Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 APPEND IX D Guide to Transceivers (SFPs) Used with MGX Back Cards This append ix lists the small form-factor pluggable (SFP) tran sceiv ers that are used in MGX products, and th e back cards t hey are us ed with . Ta b l e D - ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 618

    D- 2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2 , Part Number OL-4 545-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Appendix SMF-4-2 488-SFP 10- 1421-03 SMFSR- 1-2488 -SFP 13 00 Sing le-mode 2K LC 10-1742- 01 SMFLR-1-24 88-SFP 13 00 Single-m ode 40K LC 10-1591- 01 SMFXLR-1- 2488- SFP 1550 Single-m ode 80 K LC 1. LC connecto rs are manufact ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 619

    GL-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 GLOSSAR Y A AC Alterna ting current AIS Alarm in dicat ion si gnal APS Automatic protection swit ching ASAC Any service, an y card ASAP Any service , any por t ASIC Applicatio n specif ic inte grated circuit ATM Asynchr onous ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 620

    Glos sary GL-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 CP Console port o r con trol port CSU Channel servic e unit CWM Cisco W AN Manage r , the M GX m ultiservi ce switc h network manage ment sy stem. D DC Dire ct current DCE Data c ommun icatio ns eq uipment DSP Digita ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 621

    Glossary GL-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 I IOS Internet operati ng system IP Intern et pro tocol K kpps kilo packets pe r second L LAN Local area netw ork LED Light emitting diode LH Long haul LM Line module LOF Lo ss of fra me LOS Loss o f signal M MCC Min ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 622

    Glos sary GL-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 nm nanome ter NNI Netwo rk-to-netw ork interf ace O OC Optical Carrie r P PE PEM Po w er entry m odule PNNI Private Network-t o-Net work Int erface POS Pa cket o ver SONET PPP Point-to-po int protoc ol PSTN Pub lic s ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 623

    Glossary GL-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 SETS Synchronous eq uipment timing sour ce SFP Small fo rm-fact or plug gable SLIP Serial lin e interface pro tocol SM Servic e module SMB Sub-miniature BNC SMFIR Single-mode fiber, intermediate- reach. SMFLR Single- ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 624

    Glos sary GL-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gu ide Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 V V.21 An ITU- T modem protoc ol for 300 bits p er seco nd t wo-wire full-dupl ex commun icati ons using Frequency Shif t Keying modulation. All mode rn mo dems suppor t both V .21 an d the cl ose variant, B ell 103. ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 625

    IN-1 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 INDEX Numerics 1 to 1 redunda nt card configur ation guid eline s 4-5 3-in-1 tool 3-27, 5-1 A AAL ( ATM A dapta tion Layer) 1-48 AC power MGX 8830 5-123 MGX 8850 5-37, 5-44 MGX 8880 5-17, 5-37 MGX 8950 5-61 AC power co rds MG ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 626

    Index IN-2 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 AXSM car d compatibilit y 4-19 AXSM-XG LEDs 2-21 used w ith exte nder card in M GX 895 0 1-39 B back c ards 12IN1-8 S 2-98 BNC-2E3 2-99 BNC-2T3 2-100 BNC-3-T3E 3 2-101 BNC-3T3-M 2-102 for AUSM fr ont cards 1-7, 2-10 for ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 627

    Inde x IN-3 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 Back Ca rds f or MGX 8880 M edia Gate way 2-96 Back Ca rds for MGX 8950 Swi tches 2-93 bay definition 1-5, 1- 7 illustration 1- 6 BITS B-6 definition B- 6 bulk dist ributi on definition 4-1 planning for 4-1, 4-20 C cab ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 628

    Index IN-4 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 converti ng sing le-heig ht slots to doub le-he ight slots on MGX 8830 1-48 CP (c onso le port ) on PXM- UI-S3 5-42 CP port location 1-5 D DC power installing DC PEM on MGX 8830 5-117, 5-127 installing DC PEM on MGX 885 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 629

    Inde x IN-5 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 PXM1E-8-155 2-53 PXM1E -8-T3 E3 2-54 PXM1 E-CO MBO 2-56 PXM1E p roces sor car d 2-45 PXM1 E-T3E3 -155 2-56 PXM45/C 2-60 PXM45 and PXM45/ B 2-59 PXM45 front (proc esso r) cards 2-57 RPM-PR 2-62, 2-64 RPM-XF 2-65, 2-67 S ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 630

    Index IN-6 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 install ation se quence, differ ence s betwee n MGX 8850 an d MGX 8880 5-4, 5-12 Inverse Multiplexing ov er ATM (IMA) configuratio n 4-21 K K.27 definiti ons C-3 L LAN connec tion on PXM-UI-S3 5-48 licenses for MPSM car ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 631

    Inde x IN-7 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 DC PEM 5-33 DC power 5-44 environm ental requirem ents 3-11 fan t ray powe r cabling 5-37 featu res 1-17, 1-18 front card rele ase his tory 2-2 groundi ng 5-10 hardware 1-23 illustration 1- 2 installati on procedures 5 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 632

    Index IN-8 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 MP po rt o n PXM -UI-S 3 5-47 MPSM licensi ng 1-15 slot assignments 1-15 MPSM-T3E3- 155 2-39 N NEBS Level 3, complian ce B-1 Note , definit ion xxxv O organi zati on of this man ual xxxi ii P power MGX 8830 3-47 MGX 885 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 633

    Inde x IN-9 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 overvi ew 4-1 planning for card and l ine re dundanc y 4-1 Y-cabl e B-14 redunda ncy con nector ali gnmen t pins on MGX 88 80 5-5 redund ant connec tor. See also RCON release n otes online location s 2-1 removi ng cent ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 634

    Index IN- 10 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 stability p late MGX 8830 3-43 MGX 8850 3-12 MGX 8880 3-56 MGX 8950 3-29 standa lone card co nfigu ration gui deline s 4-4 STRAT-M cab inet 3-10 Stratum netw ork cloc king 2-120 T T1 cable p aram eters (tabl e) B- 17 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 635

    Inde x IN- 11 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 Se ries Hardware Installation Gui d e Releases 2 - 5.2, P art Number OL-45 45-01, Rev. H0, May 2006 MGX 885 0 compon ents 3-11 MGX 888 0 compon ents 3-55, 3-56 MGX 895 0 compon ents 3-28, 3-32 wire -wrap adap ter B-7 wiring mixed ground system C-9 wrist strap how to use 3-7 ships with system 3-7 X XM60 card typ e 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - page 636

    Index IN- 12 Cisco MGX 8800/8900 S eries Ha rdware Installa tion Guide Releases 2 - 5. 2, Part Number OL-4545-01 , Rev. H0, May 2006 ...

Manufacturer Cisco Systems Category Switch

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Cisco Systems MGX 8800 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Cisco Systems technical drawings
- MGX 8800 manuals
- Cisco Systems product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Cisco Systems MGX 8800
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Cisco Systems MGX 8800.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Cisco Systems MGX 8800, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Cisco Systems MGX 8800. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Cisco Systems MGX 8800.

A complete manual for the device Cisco Systems MGX 8800, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Cisco Systems MGX 8800 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Cisco Systems MGX 8800.

A complete Cisco Systems manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Cisco Systems MGX 8800, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Cisco Systems MGX 8800, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Cisco Systems MGX 8800 - which should help us in our first steps of using Cisco Systems MGX 8800
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Cisco Systems MGX 8800
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Cisco Systems MGX 8800 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Cisco Systems MGX 8800?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Cisco Systems MGX 8800, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Cisco Systems MGX 8800 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Comments (0)